Quarterlytics / Industrials / Waste Management / Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. / FY2017 Annual Report

Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc.
Annual Report 2017

PESI · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker PESI
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Waste Management
Employees 293
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc.
Loading PDF…
 ANNUAL REPORT

A Nuclear Services and Waste Management Company

NUCLEARWASTETECHNICAL2017T O  O U R   VA LU E D 
SH A R E H O LD E R S ,

2017  was  a  transition 
year for the Company, 
as we implemented a 
number  of  important 
changes and achieved 
several  very  signifi-
cant milestones. From 
a  cash  flow  perspec-
tive, we achieved $2.4 million of adjusted EBITDA* for the 
year,  compared  to  just  $575,000  for  2016.*  Heading  into 
2018, we are seeing the further benefit of our initiatives, 
as  we  achieved  not  only  positive  adjusted  EBITDA,*  but 
also positive net income in the first quarter of 2018, which 
reflects  our  successful  efforts  to  streamline  operations 
while broadening our market base. 

From  a  macro  perspective,  we  are  encouraged  by  the 
improved  budget  within  the  Department  of  Energy  (DOE). 
The  recently  enacted  budget  provides  $7.1  billion  for  the 
DOE’s environmental management activities, which is $706 
million  above  the  $6.4  billion  level  enacted  for  fiscal  2017. 
For this reason, we remain optimistic that Perma-Fix could 
realize increased opportunities for waste treatment growth 
in the latter half of 2018.

We’ve seen a pickup among defense clients that are begin-
ning to plan and implement remediation projects, which will 
provide an increase in nuclear services opportunities in the 
third and fourth quarters, while also providing waste treat-
ment  growth.  We  are  also  moving  ahead  with  construction 
activities at our Gainesville facility to accept and treat radio-
active contaminated water and additional commercial waste 
streams  beginning  in  late  Q3,  as  well  as  expansion  pro-
grams in the hazardous waste processing markets. 

We  are  making  progress  with  installation  of  the  GeoMelt® 
system  that  is  being  installed  at  our  Perma-Fix  Northwest 
facility through our partnership with Veolia Nuclear Solutions. 
Upon  completion  of  construction,  installation  and  startup 
testing,  the  GeoMelt®  vitrification  system  will  be  used  to 
treat  waste  drums  containing  sodium  residual  waste.  This 
vitrification capability will provide the capacity to treat non-
bulk sodium waste that has otherwise represented a waste 
stream with no path for disposition. This type of partnership 
with  Veolia  will  provide  an  attractive  niche  market  for 
Perma-Fix  to  leverage  our  existing  permitted  facilities  to 
deploy new technologies. 

difficult to treat. Once treated in our U.S.-based facilities, we 
return  the  waste  in  a  stable  form  for  final  disposal  in  the 
country of origin.

Within the Services Segment, we are seeing increased bid-
ding activity. Although it has taken a while to get the Services 
Segment back on track, especially with project bids delayed, 
I  remain  confident  we’re  on  the  right  long-term  trajectory 
and our management team continues to focus on increasing 
our win-rate. 

In terms of the Medical subsidiary, we continue to trim costs. 
Not  for  any  lack  of  enthusiasm,  but  rather  we  have  shifted 
the strategy to focus on an international partnering strategy, 
where  we  can  work  with  partners  that  are  much  better 
equipped  to  develop  a  medical  product  and  advance  it 
through  the  appropriate  regulatory  bodies.  Initially,  we  are 
focusing  on  smaller  markets  in  Europe  and  elsewhere, 
where the costs and regulatory hurdles are much lower. An 
advantage to this pathway is we can advance the technology 
and accumulate additional data that will help streamline the 
path for eventual regulatory approval in the U.S. 

So  to  wrap  up,  our  financials  are  improving,  we  are  seeing 
strong  improvement  in  waste  receipts  and  backlog,  we’ve 
trimmed our expenses, and we see several opportunities on 
the  horizon  that  could  be  quite  significant  and  potentially 
transform  the  business  when  they  materialize.  Given  our 
reduced  overhead  and  scalable  operations,  we  believe  fur-
ther  revenue  growth  has  the  potential  to  significantly 
enhance our profitability. 

We  would  like  to  thank  our  shareholders,  employees  and 
Board  of  Directors  for  their  ongoing  support.  We  will  keep 
you  apprised  of  our  progress  as  developments  unfold  at  
the Company.

Sincerely,

Mark Duff
President and Chief Executive Officer

We continue to look outside the U.S. as well and are seeing a 
number of new international opportunities that should con-
tribute  to  our  growth,  especially  waste  streams  that  are  

* See  definition  of  adjusted  EBITDA  and  reconcilement  of  the  adjusted 
EBITDA  numbers  to  (loss)  income  from  continuing  operations  under 
GAAP and discussion of forward-looking statements in the “Corporate 
Information” section.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

[X] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

[   ] 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 
or 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from _____ to _____ 

Commission File No. 1-11596 

PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
State or other jurisdiction 
of incorporation or organization 

8302 Dunwoody Place, #250, Atlanta, GA 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

58-1954497 
(IRS Employer Identification Number) 

30350 
(Zip Code) 

(770) 587-9898 

(Registrant's telephone number) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
Title of each class 

Name of each exchange on which registered 

Common Stock, $.001 Par Value 

NASDAQ Capital Markets 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   
Yes        No X 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   
Yes        No X 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   
Yes   X    No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every  Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).   
Yes    X     No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will  not be contained to 
the best of the Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or 
an emerging growth company. See definition of "large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer," “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one): 
Large accelerated filer (cid:1)  Accelerated Filer (cid:1)  Non-accelerated Filer (cid:1)  Smaller reporting company (cid:2)  Emerging growth company (cid:1)    

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act (cid:1) 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   
Yes         No   X 

The aggregate market value of the Registrant's voting and non-voting common equity held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant computed by reference 
to the closing sale price of such stock as reported by NASDAQ as of the last business day of the most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 
30, 2017), was approximately $40,026,912.  For the purposes of this calculation, all directors and executive officers of the Registrant (as indicated in 
Item 12) have been deemed to be affiliates.  Such determination should not be deemed an admission that such directors and executive officers, are, in 
fact, affiliates of the Registrant.  The Company's Common Stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Markets. 

As of February 20, 2018, there were 11,747,055 shares of the registrant's Common Stock, $.001 par value, outstanding.   

Documents incorporated by reference:  None 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 

INDEX  

Page No. 

 PART I 

Item 1. 

Business ...................................................................................................................................     1   

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors .............................................................................................................................     7 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments ....................................................................................................   17 

Item 2. 

Properties .................................................................................................................................   17 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings ....................................................................................................................   17 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosure ............................................................................................................   17 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters  ...........................   17 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data  ...........................................................................................................   18 

Item 7. 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
And Results of Operations .....................................................................................................     18 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...............................................     32 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements ..........................................................     32 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ......................................................................     35 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on 
Accounting and Financial Disclosure ....................................................................................     72 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures ........................................................................................................     72 

Item 9B. 

Other Information ..................................................................................................................     73 

PART III 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .....................................................    74 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation ........................................................................................................    82 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related  
Stockholder Matters ...............................................................................................................  101 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .......................  104 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services ................................................................................  107 

PART IV 

    Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ....................................................................... …107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS 
Company Overview and Principal Products and Services 
Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.  (the  Company,  which  may  be  referred  to  as  we,  us,  or  our),  a 
Delaware  corporation  incorporated  in  December  of  1990,  is  an  environmental  and  environmental 
technology know-how company.   

We have grown through acquisitions and internal growth.  Our goal is to continue to focus on the safe and 
efficient operation of our three waste treatment facilities and on-site activities, identify and pursue strategic 
acquisitions  to  expand  our  market  base,  and  conduct  research  and  development  (“R&D”)  of  innovative 
technologies to solve complex waste management challenges providing increased value to our clients.  The 
Company  continues  to  focus  on expansion  into  both commercial  and  international  markets to supplement 
government spending in the USA, from which a significant portion of the Company’s revenue is derived. 
This includes new services, new customers and increased market share in our current markets.   

Additionally, our goal is for our majority-owned subsidiary, Perma-Fix Medical S.A. and its wholly-owned 
subsidiary,  Perma-Fix  Medical  Corporation  (“PFM  Corporation”  –  a  Delaware  corporation)  (together 
known  as  “PF  Medical”  or  our  “Medical  Segment),  to  raise  the  necessary  capital  to  continue  its  R&D 
activities in order to pursue commercialization of its medical isotope production technology (see “Medical 
Segment” below for further information in connection with this segment).   

Segment Information and Foreign and Domestic Operations and Sales 
The  Company  has  three  reportable  segments.    In  accordance  with  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board 
(“FASB”) ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, we define an operating segment as: 

a business  activity from which we may earn revenue and incur expenses; 

• 
•  whose  operating  results  are  regularly  reviewed  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  “(CODM”)  to 

make decisions about resources to be allocated and assess its  performance; and 
for which discrete financial information is available. 

• 

TREATMENT SEGMENT reporting includes: 

- 

nuclear,  low-level  radioactive,  mixed  (waste  containing  both  hazardous  and  low-level  radioactive 
waste),  hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste  treatment,  processing  and  disposal  services  primarily 
through three uniquely licensed (Nuclear Regulatory Commission or state equivalent) and permitted 
(U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or state equivalent) treatment and storage facilities 
held  by  the  following  subsidiaries:  Perma-Fix  of  Florida,  Inc.  (“PFF”),  Diversified  Scientific 
Services,  Inc.,  (“DSSI”),    and  Perma-Fix  Northwest  Richland,  Inc.  (“PFNWR”).  The  presence  of 
nuclear and low-level radioactive constituents within the waste streams processed by this segment 
creates different and unique operational, processing and permitting/licensing requirements; and 
-  R&D  activities  to  identify,  develop  and  implement  innovative  waste  processing  techniques  for 

problematic waste streams. 

The  Company  continues  with  the  closure  of  its  East  Tennessee  Materials  and  Energy  Corporation 
(“M&EC”) facility within the Treatment Segment.  Operations at the M&EC facility are limited during the 
remaining  term  of  the  lease  and  the  facility  continues  to  transition  waste  shipments  and  operational 
capabilities  to  our  other  Treatment  Segment  facilities,  subject  to  customer  requirements  and  regulatory 
approvals.  Simultaneously,  the  Company  continues  with  closure  and  decommissioning  activities  in 
accordance with M&EC’s license and permit requirements. Current plans are to complete closure activities 
by the end of the facility’s lease term, which has been extended to June 30, 2018 from January 21, 2018. 

For  2017,  the  Treatment  Segment  accounted  for  $37,750,000  or  75.9%  of  total  revenue,  as  compared  to 
$32,253,000 or 63.0% of total revenue for 2016.  Treatment Segment revenues for 2017 and 2016 included 
revenues of $6,312,000 and $4,419,000 for the M&EC subsidiary, which is currently in closure status.  See 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“–  Dependence Upon a Single or Few Customers” for further details and a discussion as to our Segments’ 
contracts with the federal government or with others as a subcontractor to the federal government. 

SERVICES SEGMENT reporting includes: 

-  Technical services, which include: 

o  professional radiological measurement and site survey of large government and commercial 

o 

installations using advanced methods, technology and engineering; 
integrated  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  services  including  industrial  hygiene  (“IH”) 
assessments;  hazardous  materials  surveys,  e.g.,  exposure  monitoring;  lead  and  asbestos 
management/abatement oversight; indoor air quality evaluations; health risk and exposure 
assessments; health & safety plan/program development, compliance auditing and training 
services; and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) citation assistance;  
o  global  technical  services  providing  consulting,  engineering,  project  management,  waste 
management,  environmental,  decontamination  and  decommissioning  (“D&D”)  field, 
technical,  and  management  personnel  and  services  to  commercial  and  government 
customers; and 

o  on-site waste management services to commercial and government customers. 

-  Nuclear services, which include: 

o 

o 

technology-based services including engineering, D&D, specialty services and construction, 
logistics, transportation, processing and disposal; 
remediation of nuclear licensed and federal facilities and the remediation cleanup of nuclear 
investigation;  radiological 
legacy  sites.  Such  services  capability 
engineering; partial and total plant D&D; facility decontamination, dismantling, demolition, 
and planning; site restoration; logistics; transportation; and emergency response; and 
a  company  owned  equipment  calibration  and  maintenance  laboratory  that  services,  maintains, 
calibrates, and sources (i.e., rental) health physics, IH and customized nuclear, environmental, and 
occupational safety and health (“NEOSH”) instrumentation. 

includes:  project 

- 

For  2017,  the  Services  Segment  accounted  for  $12,019,000  or  24.1%  of  total  revenue,  as  compared  to 
$18,966,000 or 37.0% of total revenue for 2016.  See “ –  Dependence Upon a Single or Few Customers” 
for further details and a discussion as to our Segments’ contracts with the federal government or with others 
as a subcontractor to the federal government 

MEDICAL SEGMENT reporting includes: R&D costs for the new medical isotope production technology 
from our majority-owned Polish subsidiary (of which we own approximately 60.5% at December 31, 2017), 
PF Medical. The Medical Segment has not generated any revenue as it continues to be primarily in the R&D 
stage. R&D costs consist primarily of employee salaries and benefits, laboratory costs, third party fees, and 
other related costs associated with the development of new technology. As previously disclosed, during the 
latter  part  of  2016,  our  Medical  Segment  ceased  a  substantial  portion  of  its  R&D  activities  for  the  new 
medical  isotope  production  technology  due  to  the  need  for  substantial  capital  to  fund  such  activities.  We 
anticipate  that  our  Medical  Segment  will  not  restart  its  full  scale  R&D  activities  until  it  obtains  the 
necessary funding.  

Our  Treatment  and  Services  Segments  provide  services  to  research  institutions,  commercial  companies, 
public utilities, and governmental agencies nationwide, including the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) 
and  U.S.  Department  of  Defense  (“DOD”).  The  distribution  channels  for  our  services  are  through  direct 
sales to customers or via intermediaries.  

Our corporate office is located at 8302 Dunwoody Place, Suite 250, Atlanta, Georgia 30350. 

Foreign Revenue  
Our  consolidated  revenue  for  2017  and  2016  included  approximately  $84,000  or  0.2%  and  $139,000  or 
0.3%, respectively, from our United Kingdom operation, Perma-Fix UK Limited (“PF UK Limited”).    

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our consolidated revenue for 2017 and 2016 included approximately $1,073,000 or 2.2% and $262,000 or 
0.5%, respectively, from Canadian customers (including revenues generated by our Perma-Fix of Canada, 
Inc. (“PF Canada”) subsidiary). 

Importance of Patents, Trademarks and Proprietary Technology 
We  do  not  believe  we  are dependent  on  any  particular  trademark  in  order to  operate  our  business  or  any 
significant segment thereof. We have received registration to May 2022 and December 2020, for the service 
marks  “Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services”  and  “Perma-Fix”,  respectively.    We  also  have  registration  to 
April  2023  for  a  service  mark  for  PF  Canada.  In  addition,  we  have  received  registration  for  two  service 
marks for our Safety & Ecology Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively known as “Safety 
and Ecology Corporation” or “SEC”) to periods ranging from 2018 to 2027.  

We are active in the R&D of technologies that allow us to address certain of our customers' environmental 
needs. To date,  we  have fifteen active  patents  and  the  filing  of  several  applications for  which  patents  are 
pending.  These  fifteen  active  patents  have  remaining  lives  ranging  from  approximately  one  to  seventeen 
years. These active patents include an U.S and an international patent for new technology for the production 
of  radiological  isotopes  for  certain  types  of  medical  applications;  and  which  have  been  licensed  to  PFM 
Corporation. These patents are effective through March 2032. 

Permits and Licenses 
Waste management service companies are subject to extensive, evolving and increasingly stringent federal, 
state, and local environmental laws and regulations. Such federal, state and local environmental laws and 
regulations govern our activities regarding the treatment, storage, processing, disposal and transportation of 
hazardous,  non-hazardous and  radioactive  wastes, and  require  us to  obtain  and maintain  permits, licenses 
and/or approvals in order to conduct certain of our waste activities.  We are dependent on our permits and 
licenses discussed below in order to operate our businesses. Failure to obtain and maintain our permits or 
approvals would have a material adverse effect on us, our operations, and financial condition.  The permits 
and licenses have terms ranging from one to ten years, and provided that we maintain a reasonable level of 
compliance,  renew  with  minimal  effort,  and  cost.  We  believe  that  these  permit  and  license  requirements 
represent a potential barrier to entry for possible competitors.   

PFF, located in Gainesville, Florida, operates its hazardous, mixed and low-level radioactive waste activities 
under a Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) Part B permit, Toxic Substances Control Act 
(“TSCA”)  authorization,  Restricted  RX  Drug  Distributor-Destruction  license,  and  a  radioactive  materials 
license issued by the State of Florida.  

DSSI,  located  in  Kingston,  Tennessee,  conducts  mixed  and  low-level  radioactive  waste  storage  and 
treatment activities under RCRA Part B permits and a radioactive materials license issued by the State of 
Tennessee  Department  of  Environment  and  Conservation. Co-regulated  TSCA  Polychlorinated  Biphenyl 
(“PCB”) wastes are also managed for PCB destruction under the EPA Approval effective June 2008. 

PFNWR,  located  in  Richland,  Washington,  operates  a  low-level  radioactive  waste  processing  facility  as 
well as a mixed waste processing facility. Radioactive material processing is authorized under radioactive 
materials licenses issued by the State of Washington and mixed waste processing is additionally authorized 
under a RCRA Part B permit with TSCA authorization issued jointly by the State of Washington and the 
EPA. 

M&EC,  located  in  Oak  Ridge,  Tennessee,  performs  hazardous,  low-level  radioactive  and  mixed  waste 
storage and treatment operations under a RCRA Part B permit and a radioactive materials license issued by 
the State of Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation.  Co-regulated TSCA PCB wastes are 
also  managed  under  EPA  Approvals  applicable  to  site-specific  treatment  units.  The  M&EC  facility  is 
currently  undergoing  closure  activity  requirements.  The  Company  fully  impaired  the  permit  value  of 
approximately  $8,288,000  for  our  M&EC  subsidiary  in  2016.  The  permits  at  M&EC  will  be  terminated 
upon completion of requirements pursuant to M&EC’s closure plan. 

3 

The  combination  of  a  RCRA  Part  B  hazardous  waste  permit,  TSCA  authorization,  and  a  radioactive 
materials  license,  as  held  by  our  Treatment  Segment  are  very  difficult  to  obtain  for  a  single  facility  and 
make these facilities unique. 

We believe that the permitting and licensing requirements, and the cost to obtain such permits, are barriers 
to  the  entry  of  hazardous  waste  and  radioactive  and  mixed  waste  activities  as  presently  operated  by  our 
waste treatment subsidiaries. If the permit requirements for hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal 
(“TSD”) activities  and/or the  licensing  requirements for the  handling  of low  level  radioactive  matters  are 
eliminated or if such licenses or permits were made less rigorous to obtain, we believe such would allow 
companies to enter into these markets and provide greater competition.   

Backlog 
The Treatment Segment of our Company maintains a backlog of stored waste, which represents waste that 
has not been processed. The backlog is principally a result of the timing and complexity of the waste being 
brought into the facilities and the selling price per container. At December 31, 2017, our Treatment Segment 
had  a  backlog  of  approximately  $7,666,000,  as  compared  to  approximately  $5,250,000  at  December  31, 
2016. Additionally, the time it takes to process waste from the time it arrives may increase due to the types 
and complexities of the waste we are currently receiving. We typically process our backlog during periods 
of low waste receipts, which historically has been in the first or fourth quarters. 

Dependence Upon a Single or Few Customers 
Our  Treatment  and  Services  Segments  have  significant  relationships  with  the  federal  government,  and 
continue to enter into contracts, directly as the prime contractor or indirectly for others as a subcontractor, 
with the federal government. The contracts that we are a party to with the federal government or with others 
as  a  subcontractor  to  the  federal  government  generally  provide  that  the  government  may  terminate  or 
renegotiate  the  contracts  on  30  days  notice,  at  the  government's  election.  Our  inability  to  continue  under 
existing contracts that we have with the federal government (directly or indirectly as a subcontractor) could 
have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.  

We performed services relating to waste generated by the federal government representing approximately 
$36,654,000 or 73.6% of our total revenue during 2017, as compared to $27,354,000 or 53.4% of our total 
revenue during 2016.  

Revenue generated by one of the customers (PSC Metal, Inc.) (non-government related and excluded from 
above)  in  the  Services  Segment  accounted  for  approximately  $9,763,000  or  19.1%  of  the  total  revenues 
generated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016.  Project work for this customer commenced in 
March 2016 and was completed in December 2016.  

As our revenues are project/event based where the completion of one contract with a specific customer may 
be replaced by another contract with a different customer from year to year, we do not believe the loss of one 
specific customer from one year to the next will generally have a material adverse effect on our operations 
and financial condition. 

Competitive Conditions 
The Treatment Segment’s largest competitor is EnergySolutions (“ES”) which operates treatment facilities 
in Oak Ridge, TN and Erwin, TN and a disposal facility for low level radioactive waste in Clive, UT. Waste 
Control  Specialists  (“WCS”),  which  has  licensed  disposal  capabilities  for  low  level  radioactive  waste  in 
Andrews, TX, is also a competitor in the treatment market with increasing market share. Perma-Fix now has 
two  options  for  disposal  of  treated  nuclear  waste  and  thus  mitigates  prior  risk  of  ES  providing  the  only 
outlet  for  disposal. The Treatment  Segment  treats  and  disposes  of  DOE  generated  wastes  largely  at  DOE 
owned  sites.    Smaller  competitors  are  also  present  in  the  market  place;  however,  we  believe  they  do  not 
present a significant challenge at this time. Our Treatment Segment currently solicits business primarily on 
a North American basis with both government and commercial clients; however, we continue to focus on 
emerging international markets for additional work. 

Our Services Segment is engaged in highly competitive businesses in which a number of our government 
4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
contracts  and  some  of  our commercial contracts  are  awarded through  competitive  bidding  processes. The 
extent of such competition varies according to the industries and markets in which our customers operate as 
well as the geographic areas in which we operate. The degree and type of competition we face is also often 
influenced by the project specification being bid on and the different specialty skill sets of each bidder for 
which our Services Segment competes, especially projects subject to the governmental bid process. We also 
have  the  ability  to  prime  federal  government  small  business  procurements  (small  business  set  asides).  
Based on past experience, we believe that large businesses are more willing to team with small businesses in 
order to be part of these often substantial procurements.  There are a number of qualified small businesses in 
our  market  that  will  provide  intense  competition  that  may  provide  a  challenge  to  our  ability  to  maintain 
strong  growth  rates  and  acceptable  profit  margins.  For  international  business  there  are  additional 
competitors, many from within the country the work is to be performed, making winning work in foreign 
countries more challenging. If our Services Segment is unable to meet these competitive challenges, it could 
lose market share and experience an overall reduction in its profits. 

Certain Environmental Expenditures and Potential Environmental Liabilities 
Environmental Liabilities 
We  have  three  remediation  projects,  which  are  currently  in  progress  at  our  Perma-Fix  of  Dayton,  Inc. 
(“PFD”), Perma-Fix of Memphis, Inc. (“PFM”), and Perma-Fix South Georgia, Inc. (“PFSG”) subsidiaries, 
which are all included within our discontinued operations.  These remediation projects principally entail the 
removal/remediation of contaminated soil and, in most cases, the remediation of surrounding ground water.  
These remediation activities are closely reviewed and monitored by the applicable state regulators.    

At  December  31, 2017,  we  had  total accrued  environmental remediation  liabilities  of  $871,000,  of  which 
$632,000 are recorded as a current liability, a decrease of $54,000 from the December 31, 2016 balance of 
$925,000.  The  net  decrease  of  $54,000  represents  payments  on  remediation  projects  at  PFSG  and  PFD 
totaling approximately of $79,000 and an increase to the reserve of approximately $25,000 at PFD due to 
reassessment of the remediation reserve. 

No insurance or third party recovery was taken into account in determining our cost estimates or reserves.   

The nature of our business exposes us to significant cost to comply with governmental environmental laws, 
rules and regulations and risk of liability for damages.  Such potential liability could involve, for example, 
claims  for  cleanup  costs,  personal  injury  or  damage  to  the  environment  in  cases  where  we  are  held 
responsible  for  the  release  of  hazardous  materials;  claims  of  employees,  customers  or  third  parties  for 
personal  injury  or  property  damage  occurring  in  the  course  of  our  operations;  and  claims  alleging 
negligence or professional errors or omissions in the planning or performance of our services.  In addition, 
we  could  be  deemed  a  responsible  party  for  the  costs  of  required  cleanup  of  properties,  which  may  be 
contaminated  by  hazardous  substances  generated  or  transported  by  us  to  a  site  we  selected,  including 
properties owned or leased by us.  We could also be subject to fines and civil penalties in connection with 
violations of regulatory requirements. 

Research and Development (“R&D”) 
Innovation and technical know-how by our operations is very important to the success of our business.  Our 
goal  is  to  discover,  develop  and  bring  to  market  innovative  ways  to  process  waste  that  address  unmet 
environmental  needs.  We  conduct  research  internally,  and  also  through  collaborations  with  other  third 
parties.  The majority of our research activities are performed as we receive new and unique waste to treat.  
Our competitors also devote resources to R&D and many such competitors have greater resources at their 
disposal than we do. As previously discussed, our Medical Segment ceased a substantial portion of its R&D 
activities during the latter part of 2016 due to the need for substantial capital to fund such activities. We are 
continually exploring ways to raise this capital. We anticipate that our Medical Segment will not restart its 
full scale R&D activities until it obtains the necessary funding.  We have estimated that during 2017 and 
2016,  we  spent  approximately  $1,595,000  and  $2,046,000,  respectively,  in  R&D  activities,  of  which 
approximately $1,141,000 and $1,489,000, respectively, were spent by our Medical Segment for the R&D 
of its medical isotope production technology. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of Employees 
In  our  service-driven  business,  our  employees  are  vital  to  our  success.  We  believe  we  have  good 
relationships with our employees. At December 31, 2017, we employed approximately 246 employees, of 
whom 236 are full-time employees and 10 are part-time/temporary employees.   

Governmental Regulation  
Environmental  companies,  such  as  us,  and  their  customers  are  subject  to  extensive  and  evolving 
environmental  laws  and  regulations  by  a  number  of  national,  state  and  local  environmental,  safety  and 
health agencies, the principal of which being the EPA.  These laws and regulations largely contribute to the 
demand  for  our  services.  Although  our  customers  remain  responsible  by  law  for  their  environmental 
problems, we must also comply with the requirements of those laws applicable to our services. We cannot 
predict  the  extent  to  which  our  operations  may  be  affected  by  future  enforcement  policies  as  applied  to 
existing  laws  or  by  the  enactment  of  new  environmental  laws and regulations. Moreover,  any  predictions 
regarding  possible  liability  are  further  complicated  by  the  fact  that  under  current  environmental  laws  we 
could  be jointly  and  severally  liable  for certain  activities  of  third  parties  over  whom  we  have  little  or  no 
control.  Although  we  believe  that  we  are  currently  in  substantial  compliance  with  applicable  laws  and 
regulations,  we  could  be  subject  to  fines,  penalties  or  other  liabilities  or  could  be  adversely  affected  by 
existing  or  subsequently  enacted  laws  or  regulations.  The  principal  environmental  laws  affecting  our 
customers and us are briefly discussed below. 

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (“RCRA”) 
RCRA and its associated regulations establish a strict and comprehensive permitting and regulatory program 
applicable  to  companies,  such  as  us,  that  treat,  store  or  dispose  of  hazardous  waste.  The  EPA  has 
promulgated  regulations  under  RCRA  for  new  and  existing  treatment,  storage  and  disposal  facilities 
including  incinerators,  storage  and  treatment  tanks,  storage  containers,  storage  and  treatment  surface 
impoundments, waste piles and landfills.  Every facility that treats, stores or disposes of hazardous waste 
must obtain a RCRA permit or must obtain interim status from the EPA, or a state agency, which has been 
authorized  by  the  EPA  to  administer  its  program,  and  must  comply  with  certain  operating,  financial 
responsibility and closure requirements. 

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA,” 
also referred to as the “Superfund Act”) 
CERCLA  governs  the  cleanup  of  sites  at  which  hazardous  substances  are  located  or  at  which  hazardous 
substances have been released or are threatened to be released into the environment. CERCLA authorizes 
the  EPA  to  compel  responsible  parties  to  clean  up  sites  and  provides  for  punitive  damages  for 
noncompliance.  CERCLA  imposes  joint  and  several  liabilities  for  the  costs  of  clean  up  and  damages  to 
natural resources. 

Health and Safety Regulations 
The operation of our environmental activities is subject to the requirements of the OSHA and comparable 
state laws. Regulations promulgated under OSHA by the Department of Labor require employers of persons 
in the transportation and environmental industries, including independent contractors, to implement hazard 
communications,  work  practices  and  personnel  protection  programs  in  order  to  protect  employees  from 
equipment safety hazards and exposure to hazardous chemicals. 

Atomic Energy Act 
The  Atomic  Energy  Act  of  1954  governs  the  safe  handling  and  use  of  Source,  Special  Nuclear  and 
Byproduct materials in the U.S. and its territories. This act authorized the Atomic Energy Commission (now 
the  Nuclear  Regulatory  Commission  “USNRC”)  to  enter  into  “Agreements  with  states  to  carry  out  those 
regulatory functions in those respective states except for Nuclear Power Plants and federal facilities like the 
VA  hospitals  and  the  DOE  operations.”  The  State  of  Florida  (with  the  USNRC  oversight),  Office  of 
Radiation  Control,  regulates  the  permitting  and  radiological  program  of  the  PFF  facility,  and  the  State  of 
Tennessee (with the USNRC oversight), Tennessee Department of Radiological Health, regulates permitting 
and the radiological program of the DSSI and M&EC facilities. The State of Washington (with the USNRC 
oversight)  Department  of  Health,  regulates  permitting  and  the  radiological  operations  of  the  PFNWR 
facility. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Laws 
Our  activities  are  subject  to  other  federal  environmental  protection  and  similar  laws,  including,  without 
limitation,  the  Clean  Water  Act,  the  Clean  Air  Act,  the  Hazardous  Materials  Transportation  Act  and  the 
TSCA.    Many  states  have  also  adopted  laws  for  the  protection  of  the  environment  which  may  affect  us, 
including laws governing the generation, handling, transportation and disposition of hazardous substances 
and  laws  governing  the  investigation  and  cleanup  of,  and  liability  for,  contaminated  sites.  Some  of  these 
state  provisions  are  broader  and  more  stringent  than  existing  federal  law  and  regulations.  Our  failure  to 
conform our services to the requirements of any of these other applicable federal or state laws could subject 
us to substantial liabilities which could have a material adverse effect on us, our operations and financial 
condition.  In  addition  to  various  federal,  state  and  local  environmental  regulations,  our  hazardous  waste 
transportation  activities  are  regulated  by  the  U.S.  Department  of Transportation,  the  Interstate  Commerce 
Commission and transportation regulatory bodies in the states in which we operate. We cannot predict the 
extent to which we may be affected by any law or rule that may be enacted or enforced in the future, or any 
new or different interpretations of existing laws or rules.  

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

The following are certain risk factors that could affect our business, financial performance, and results of 
operations.  These  risk  factors  should  be  considered  in  connection  with  evaluating  the  forward-looking 
statements  contained  in  this  Form  10-K,  as  the  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  current 
expectations,  and  actual  results  and  conditions  could  differ  materially  from  the  current  expectations.  
Investing in our securities involves  a  high  degree  of risk,  and  before  making an  investment  decision,  you 
should  carefully  consider  these  risk  factors  as  well  as  other  information  we  include  or  incorporate  by 
reference in the other reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”).  

Risks Relating to our Operations 

Failure to maintain our financial assurance coverage that we are required to have in order to operate 
our permitted treatment, storage and disposal facilities could have a material adverse effect on us. 
We  maintain  finite risk  insurance  policies and  bonding  mechanisms  which  provide  financial  assurance to 
the applicable states for our permitted facilities in the event of unforeseen closure of those facilities.  We are 
required  to  provide  and  to  maintain  financial  assurance  that  guarantees  to  the  state  that  in  the  event  of 
closure, our permitted facilities will be closed in accordance with the regulations.  In the event that we are 
unable to obtain or maintain our financial assurance coverage for any reason, this could materially impact 
our operations and our permits which we are required to have in order to operate our treatment, storage, and 
disposal facilities. 

If we cannot maintain adequate insurance coverage, we will be unable to continue certain operations. 
Our business exposes us to various risks, including claims for causing damage to property and injuries to 
persons that may involve allegations of negligence or professional errors or omissions in the performance of 
our services. Such claims could be substantial. We believe that our insurance coverage is presently adequate 
and similar to, or greater than, the coverage maintained by other companies in the industry of our size.  If 
we  are  unable  to  obtain  adequate  or  required  insurance  coverage  in  the  future,  or  if  our  insurance  is  not 
available  at  affordable  rates,  we  would  violate  our  permit  conditions  and  other  requirements  of  the 
environmental laws, rules, and regulations under which we operate.  Such violations would render us unable 
to  continue certain  of  our operations. These  events  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect on  our  financial 
condition. 

The  inability  to  maintain  existing  government  contracts  or  win  new  government  contracts  over  an 
extended  period  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations  and  adversely  affect  our 
future revenues. 
A material amount of our Treatment and Services Segments’ revenues are generated through various U.S. 
government  contracts  or  subcontracts  involving  the  U.S.  government.    Our  revenues  from  governmental 
contracts  and  subcontracts  relating  to  governmental  facilities  within  our  segments  were  approximately 
$36,654,000  or  73.6%  and  $27,354,000  or  53.4%,  of  our  consolidated  operating  revenues  for  2017  and 
2016,  respectively.  Most  of  our  government  contracts  or  our  subcontracts  granted  under  government 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
contracts  are  awarded  through  a  regulated  competitive  bidding  process.  Some  government  contracts  are 
awarded to multiple competitors, which increase overall competition and pricing pressure and may require 
us to make sustained post-award efforts to realize revenues under these government contracts. All contracts 
with, or subcontracts involving, the federal government are terminable, or subject to renegotiation, by the 
applicable governmental agency on 30 days notice, at the option of the governmental agency. If we fail to 
maintain or replace these relationships, or if a material contract is terminated or renegotiated in a manner 
that is materially adverse to us, our revenues and future operations could be materially adversely affected.  

Our existing and future customers may reduce or halt their spending on hazardous waste and nuclear 
services with outside vendors, including us. 
A variety of factors may cause our existing or future customers (including the federal government) to reduce 
or halt their spending on hazardous waste and nuclear services from outside vendors, including us. These 
factors include, but are not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 

accidents, terrorism, natural disasters or other incidents occurring at nuclear facilities or involving 
shipments of nuclear materials; 
failure  of  the  federal  government  to  approve  necessary  budgets,  or  to  reduce  the  amount  of  the 
budget necessary, to fund remediation of DOE and DOD sites; 
civic opposition to or changes in government policies regarding nuclear operations;  
a reduction in demand for nuclear generating capacity; or 
failure to perform under existing contracts, directly or indirectly, with the federal government. 

These  events  could  result  in  or  cause  the  federal  government  to  terminate  or  cancel its  existing  contracts 
involving us to treat, store or dispose of contaminated waste and/or to perform remediation projects, at one 
or more of the federal sites since all contracts with, or subcontracts involving, the federal government are 
terminable upon or subject to renegotiation at the option of the government on 30 days notice.  These events 
also  could  adversely  affect  us  to  the  extent  that  they  result  in  the  reduction  or  elimination  of  contractual 
requirements,  lower  demand  for  nuclear  services,  burdensome  regulation,  disruptions  of  shipments  or 
production, increased operational costs or difficulties or increased liability for actual or threatened property 
damage or personal injury. 

Economic downturns and/or reductions in government funding could have a material negative impact 
on our businesses. 
Demand  for  our  services  has  been,  and  we  expect that  demand  will  continue  to  be,  subject  to  significant 
fluctuations due to a variety of factors beyond our control, including economic conditions, reductions in the 
budget for spending to remediate federal sites due to numerous reasons, including, without limitation, the 
substantial deficits that the federal government has and is continuing to incur.  During economic downturns 
and large budget deficits that the federal government and many states are experiencing, the ability of private 
and government entities to spend on waste services, including nuclear services, may decline significantly. 
Our operations depend, in large part, upon governmental funding, particularly funding levels at the DOE.  
Significant reductions in the level of governmental funding (for example, the annual budget of the DOE) or 
specifically mandated levels for different programs that are important to our business could have a material 
adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.   

The loss of one or a few customers could have an adverse effect on us. 
One or a few governmental customers or governmental related customers have in the past, and may in the 
future,  account  for  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenue  in  any  one  year  or  over  a  period  of  several 
consecutive  years.  Because  customers  generally  contract  with  us  for  specific  projects,  we  may  lose  these 
significant customers from year to year as their projects with us are completed. Our inability to replace the 
business with other similar significant projects could have an adverse effect on our business and results of 
operations. 

As  a  government  contractor,  we  are  subject  to  extensive  government  regulation,  and  our  failure  to 
comply  with  applicable  regulations  could  subject  us  to  penalties  that  may  restrict  our  ability  to 
conduct our business. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our governmental contracts, which are primarily with the DOE or subcontracts relating to DOE sites, are a 
significant part of our business. Allowable costs under U.S. government contracts are subject to audit by the 
U.S. government.  If these audits result in determinations that costs claimed as reimbursable are not allowed 
costs or were not allocated in accordance with applicable regulations, we could be required to reimburse the 
U.S. government for amounts previously received. 

Governmental  contracts  or  subcontracts  involving  governmental  facilities  are  often  subject  to  specific 
procurement regulations, contract provisions and a variety of other requirements relating to the formation, 
administration, performance and accounting of these contracts.  Many of these contracts include express or 
implied  certifications  of  compliance  with  applicable  regulations  and  contractual  provisions.    If  we  fail  to 
comply with any regulations, requirements or statutes, our existing governmental contracts or subcontracts 
involving  governmental  facilities  could  be  terminated  or  we  could  be  suspended  from  government 
contracting or subcontracting.  If one or more of our governmental contracts or subcontracts are terminated 
for  any  reason,  or  if  we  are  suspended  or  debarred  from  government  work,  we  could  suffer  a  significant 
reduction  in  expected  revenues  and  profits.  Furthermore,  as  a  result  of  our  governmental  contracts  or 
subcontracts  involving  governmental  facilities,  claims  for  civil  or  criminal  fraud  may  be  brought  by  the 
government or violations of these regulations, requirements or statutes. 

We  are  a  holding  company  and  depend,  in  large  part,  on  receiving  funds  from  our  subsidiaries  to 
fund our indebtedness. 
Because  we  are  a  holding  company  and  operations  are  conducted  through  our  subsidiaries,  our  ability  to 
meet our obligations depends, in large part, on the operating performance and cash flows of our subsidiaries. 

Loss of certain key personnel could have a material adverse effect on us. 
Our  success  depends  on  the  contributions  of  our  key  management,  environmental  and  engineering 
personnel.  Our future success depends on our ability to retain and expand our staff of qualified personnel, 
including  environmental  specialists  and  technicians,  sales  personnel,  and  engineers.  Without  qualified 
personnel, we may incur delays in rendering our services or be unable to render certain services.  We cannot 
be  certain  that  we  will  be  successful  in  our  efforts  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel  as  their 
availability  is  limited  due  to  the  demand  for  hazardous  waste  management  services  and  the  highly 
competitive nature of the hazardous waste management industry. We do not maintain key person insurance 
on any of our employees, officers, or directors. 

Changes in environmental regulations and enforcement policies could subject us to additional liability 
and adversely affect our ability to continue certain operations.  
We cannot predict the extent to which our operations may be affected by future governmental enforcement 
policies  as  applied  to  existing  laws,  by  changes  to  current  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  or  by  the 
enactment  of  new  environmental  laws  and  regulations.  Any  predictions  regarding  possible  liability  under 
such  laws  are  complicated  further  by  current  environmental  laws  which  provide  that  we  could  be  liable, 
jointly and severally, for certain activities of third parties over whom we have limited or no control. 

Our  Treatment  Segment has  limited end  disposal sites to  utilize  to  dispose of its waste which could 
significantly impact our results of operations. 
Our Treatment Segment has limited options available for disposal of its nuclear waste.  Currently, there are 
only two disposal sites, each site having different owners, for our low level radioactive waste we receive 
from  non-governmental  sites,  allowing  us  to  take  advantage  of  the  pricing  competition  between  the  two 
sites. If either of these disposal sites ceases to accept waste or closes for any reason or refuses to accept the 
waste  of  our  Treatment  Segment,  for  any  reason,  we  would  be  limited  to  only  the  one  remaining  site  to 
dispose of our nuclear waste.  With only one end disposal site to dispose of our waste, we could be subject 
to significantly increased costs which could negatively impact our results of operations. 

Our businesses subject us to substantial potential environmental liability. 
Our  business  of  rendering  services  in  connection  with  management  of  waste,  including  certain  types  of 
hazardous waste, low-level radioactive waste, and mixed waste (waste containing both hazardous and low-
level radioactive waste), subjects us to risks of liability for damages. Such liability could involve, without 
limitation:  

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

claims for clean-up costs, personal injury or damage to the environment in cases in which we are 
held responsible for the release of hazardous or radioactive materials;  
claims of employees, customers, or third parties for personal injury or property damage occurring in 
the course of our operations; and 
claims alleging negligence or professional errors or omissions in the planning or performance of our 
services. 

Our operations are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations. We have in the past, and could 
in the future, be subject to substantial fines, penalties, and sanctions for violations of environmental laws 
and substantial expenditures as a responsible party for the cost of remediating any property which may be 
contaminated by hazardous substances generated by us and disposed at such property, or transported by us 
to a site selected by us, including properties we own or lease. 

As  our  operations  expand,  we  may  be  subject  to  increased  litigation,  which  could  have  a  negative 
impact on our future financial results. 
Our  operations  are  highly  regulated  and  we  are  subject  to  numerous  laws  and  regulations  regarding 
procedures for waste treatment, storage, recycling, transportation, and disposal activities, all of which may 
provide the basis for litigation against us. In recent years, the waste treatment industry has experienced a 
significant increase in so-called “toxic-tort” litigation as those injured by contamination seek to recover for 
personal injuries or property damage.  We believe that, as our operations and activities expand, there will be 
a  similar  increase  in  the  potential  for  litigation  alleging  that  we  have  violated  environmental  laws  or 
regulations or are responsible for contamination or pollution caused by our normal operations, negligence or 
other misconduct, or for accidents, which occur in the course of our business activities.  Such litigation, if 
significant and not adequately insured against, could adversely affect our financial condition and our ability 
to fund our operations.  Protracted litigation would likely cause us to spend significant amounts of our time, 
effort, and money. This could prevent our management from focusing on our operations and expansion. 

Our operations are subject to seasonal factors, which cause our revenues to fluctuate. 
We  have  historically  experienced  reduced  revenues  and  losses  during  the  first  and  fourth  quarters  of  our 
fiscal  years  due  to  a  seasonal  slowdown  in  operations  from  poor  weather  conditions,  overall  reduced 
activities during these periods resulting from holiday periods, and finalization of government budgets during 
the fourth quarter of each year. During our second and third fiscal quarters there has historically been an 
increase in revenues and operating profits. If we do not continue to have increased revenues and profitability 
during  the  second  and  third  fiscal  quarters,  this  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of 
operations and liquidity. 

If environmental regulation or enforcement is relaxed, the demand for our services will decrease. 
The demand for our services is substantially dependent upon the public's concern with, and the continuation 
and  proliferation  of, the laws  and  regulations  governing  the  treatment,  storage,  recycling,  and  disposal  of 
hazardous, non-hazardous, and low-level radioactive waste.  A decrease in the level of public concern, the 
repeal or modification of these laws, or any significant relaxation of regulations relating to the treatment, 
storage,  recycling,  and  disposal  of  hazardous  waste  and  low-level  radioactive  waste  would  significantly 
reduce the demand for our services and could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial 
condition.  We  are  not  aware  of  any  current  federal  or  state  government  or  agency  efforts  in  which  a 
moratorium  or  limitation  has  been,  or  will  be,  placed  upon  the  creation  of  new  hazardous  or  radioactive 
waste regulations that would have a material adverse effect on us; however, no assurance can be made that 
such a moratorium or limitation will not be implemented in the future. 

We  and  our  customers  operate  in  a  politically  sensitive  environment,  and  the  public  perception  of 
nuclear power and radioactive materials can affect our customers and us. 
We  and  our  customers  operate  in  a  politically  sensitive  environment.  Opposition  by  third  parties  to 
particular projects can limit the handling and disposal of radioactive materials.  Adverse public reaction to 
developments  in  the  disposal  of  radioactive  materials,  including  any  high  profile  incident  involving  the 
discharge  of  radioactive  materials,  could  directly  affect  our  customers  and  indirectly  affect  our  business. 
Adverse  public  reaction  also  could  lead  to  increased  regulation  or  outright  prohibition,  limitations  on  the 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
activities  of  our  customers,  more  onerous  operating  requirements  or  other  conditions  that  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our customers’ and our business. 

We may be exposed to certain regulatory and financial risks related to climate change. 
Climate  change  is  receiving  ever  increasing  attention  from  scientists  and  legislators  alike.  The  debate  is 
ongoing  as  to  the  extent  to  which  our  climate  is  changing,  the  potential  causes  of  this  change  and  its 
potential impacts. Some attribute global warming to increased levels of greenhouse gases, including carbon 
dioxide, which has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. 

Presently  there  are  no  federally  mandated  greenhouse  gas  reduction  requirements  in  the  United  States. 
However, there are a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to address greenhouse gas emissions, 
which are in various phases of discussion or implementation. The outcome of federal and state actions to 
address  global  climate  change  could  result  in  a  variety  of  regulatory  programs  including  potential  new 
regulations. Any adoption by federal or state governments mandating a substantial reduction in greenhouse 
gas emissions could increase costs associated with our operations.  Until the timing, scope and extent of any 
future regulation becomes known, we cannot predict the effect on our financial position, operating results 
and cash flows. 

We may not be successful in winning new business mandates from our government and commercial 
customers or international customers. 
We must be successful in winning mandates from our government, commercial customers and international 
customers to replace revenues from projects that we have completed or that are nearing completion and to 
increase our revenues. Our business and operating results can be adversely affected by the size and timing 
of a single material contract. 

The elimination or any modification of the Price-Anderson Acts indemnification authority could have 
adverse consequences for our business. 
The Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, or the AEA, comprehensively regulates the manufacture, use, 
and  storage  of  radioactive  materials.  The  Price-Anderson  Act  (“PAA”)  supports  the  nuclear  services 
industry by offering broad indemnification to DOE contractors for liabilities arising out of nuclear incidents 
at DOE nuclear facilities. That indemnification protects DOE prime contractor, but also similar companies 
that work under contract or subcontract for a DOE prime contract or transporting radioactive material to or 
from a site. The indemnification authority of the DOE under the PAA was extended through 2025 by the 
Energy Policy Act of 2005. 

Under  certain  conditions,  the  PAA’s  indemnification  provisions  may  not  apply  to  our  processing  of 
radioactive  waste  at  governmental  facilities,  and  do  not  apply  to  liabilities  that  we  might  incur  while 
performing  services  as  a  contractor  for  the  DOE  and  the  nuclear  energy  industry.  If  an  incident  or 
evacuation is not covered under PAA indemnification, we could be held liable for damages, regardless of 
fault,  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  If  such 
indemnification  authority  is  not  applicable  in  the  future,  our  business  could  be  adversely  affected  if  the 
owners  and  operators  of  new  facilities  fail  to  retain  our  services  in  the  absence  of  commercial  adequate 
insurance and indemnification. 

We are engaged in highly competitive businesses and typically must bid against other competitors to 
obtain major contracts. 
We are engaged in highly competitive business in which most of our government contracts and some of our 
commercial contracts are awarded through competitive bidding processes.  We compete with national and 
regional firms with nuclear and/or hazardous waste services practices, as well as small or local contractors. 
Some  of  our  competitors  have  greater  financial  and  other  resources  than  we  do,  which  can  give  them  a 
competitive  advantage.  In  addition,  even  if  we  are  qualified  to  work  on  a  new  government  contract,  we 
might not be awarded the contract because of existing government policies designed to protect certain types 
of businesses and under-represented minority contractors. Although the Company has the ability to certify 
and  bid  government  contract  as  a  small business, there  are  a  number  of  qualified  small  businesses in  our 
market  that  will  provide  intense  competition.  For  international  business,  which  we  continue  to  focus  on, 
there  are  additional  competitors,  many  from  within  the  country  the  work  is  to  be  performed,  making 
11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
winning  work  in  foreign  countries  more  challenging.  Competition  places  downward  pressure  on  our 
contract  prices  and  profit  margins.  If  we  are  unable  to  meet  these  competitive  challenges,  we  could  lose 
market share and experience on overall reduction in our profits. 

Our failure to maintain our safety record could have an adverse effect on our business. 
Our  safety  record  is  critical  to  our  reputation.  In  addition,  many  of  our  government  and  commercial 
customers  require  that  we  maintain  certain  specified  safety  record  guidelines  to  be  eligible  to  bid  for 
contracts with these customers.  Furthermore, contract terms may provide for automatic termination in the 
event that our safety record fails to adhere to agreed-upon  guidelines during performance of the contract.  
As a result, our failure to maintain our safety record could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

We may be unable to utilize loss carryforwards in the future. 
We  have  approximately  $10,099,000  and $57,956,000  in  net operating  loss  carryforwards  for  federal  and 
state income tax purposes, respectively, which will expire in various amounts starting in 2021 if not used 
against future federal and state income tax liabilities, respectively.  Our net loss carryforwards are subject to 
various  limitations.    Our  ability  to  use  the  net  loss  carryforwards  depends  on  whether  we  are  able  to 
generate sufficient income in the future years.  Further, our net loss carryforwards have not been audited or 
approved by the Internal Revenue Service. 

If  any  of  our  permits,  other  intangible  assets,  and  tangible  assets  becomes  impaired,  we  may  be 
required to record significant charges to earnings. 
Under  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  (“U.S.  GAAP”),  we  review  our 
intangible and tangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying 
value may not be recoverable. Our permits are tested for impairment at least annually (the Company has no 
goodwill at December 31, 2017). Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances, indicating that 
the carrying value of our permit, other intangible assets, and tangible assets may not be recoverable, include 
a decline in stock price and  market capitalization, reduced future cash flow estimates, and slower growth 
rates in our industry. During 2016, we recorded approximately $8,288,000 and $1,816,000 in impairment 
charges  for  intangible  and  tangible  assets,  respectively,  in  connection  with  the  pending  closure  of  our 
M&EC facility by June 2018. During 2017, we fully impaired the remaining tangible assets of our M&EC 
facility resulting in an additional impairment charge recorded in the amount of approximately $672,000. We 
may be required, in the future, to record additional impairment charges in our financial statements, in which 
any impairment of our permit, other intangible assets, and tangible assets is determined.  Such impairment 
charges could negatively impact our results of operations. 

We bear the risk of cost overruns in fixed-price contracts. We may experience reduced profits or, in 
some cases, losses under these contracts if costs increase above our estimates. 
Our revenues may be earned under contracts that are fixed-price in nature. Fixed-price contracts expose us 
to  a  number  of  risks  not  inherent  in  cost-reimbursable  contracts.  Under  fixed  price  and  guaranteed 
maximum-price contracts, contract prices are established in part on cost and scheduling estimates which are 
based  on  a  number  of  assumptions,  including  assumptions  about  future  economic  conditions,  prices  and 
availability of labor, equipment and materials, and other exigencies. If these estimates prove inaccurate, or if 
circumstances  change  such  as  unanticipated  technical  problems,  difficulties  in  obtaining  permits  or 
approvals, changes in laws or labor conditions, weather delays, cost of raw materials or our suppliers’ or 
subcontractors’ inability to perform, cost overruns may occur and we could experience reduced profits or, in 
some cases, a loss for that project. Errors or ambiguities as to contract specifications can also lead to cost-
overruns.   

Adequate bonding is necessary for us to win certain types of new work and support facility closure 
requirements. 
We  are  often  required  to  provide  performance  bonds  to  customers  under  fixed-price  contracts,  primarily 
within  our  Services  Segment.  These  surety  instruments  indemnify  the  customer  if  we  fail  to  perform  our 
obligations under the contract. If a bond is required for a particular project and we are unable to obtain it 
due  to  insufficient  liquidity  or  other  reasons,  we  may  not  be  able  to  pursue  that  project.  In  addition,  we 
provide bonds to support financial assurance in the event of facility closure pursuant to state requirements.  
12 

 
 
 
We  currently  have  a  bonding  facility  but,  the  issuance  of  bonds  under  that  facility  is  at  the  surety’s  sole 
discretion. Moreover, due to events that affect the insurance and bonding markets generally, bonding may 
be more difficult to obtain in the future or may only be available at significant additional cost. There can be 
no  assurance  that  bonds  will  continue  to  be  available  to  us  on  reasonable  terms.  Our  inability  to  obtain 
adequate bonding and, as a result, to bid on new work could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.  

Closure of our M&EC facility located in Oak Ridge, Tennessee could negatively impact our financial 
results. 
Our  M&EC  facility  is  schedule  to  close  by  the  end  of  the  second  quarter  of  2018.  Our  strategic  plan 
includes  the  process  of  transitioning  waste  shipments  and  operational  capabilities  to  our  other  Treatment 
Segment facilities, subject to customer requirements and regulatory approvals. Simultaneously, we continue 
with closure and decommissioning activities in accordance with M&EC’s license and permit requirements. 
We believe that the pending closure of our M&EC facility in Oak Ridge, Tennessee should reduce our fixed 
costs  within  our  Treatment  Segment  with  minimal  loss  in  revenue,  thereby  improving  our  Treatment 
Segment gross margin. However, as certain waste shipments are dependent on our customers’ requirements 
and the operational capabilities of our other Treatment facilities to accept and treat these wastes, there are 
no  guarantees  that  our  other  Treatment  facilities  will  be  able  to  treat  these  wastes.  In  such  event,  our 
financial results could be materially impacted.     

Failure  to  maintain  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  or  failure  to  remediate  a 
material weakness in internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, operating results, and stock price. 
Maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  necessary  for  us  to  produce  reliable 
financial  reports  and  is  important  in  helping  to  prevent  financial  fraud.  If  we  are  unable  to  maintain 
adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. We are required to satisfy 
the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes Oxley and the related rules of the Commission, which require, 
among other things, management to assess annually the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting.  If  we  are  unable  to  maintain  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  or  effectively 
remediate any material weakness identified in internal control over financial reporting, there is a reasonable 
possibility  that  a  misstatement  of  our  annual  or  interim  financial  statements  will  not  be  prevented  or 
detected in a timely manner. If we cannot produce reliable financial reports, investors could lose confidence 
in our reported financial information, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly, and 
our business, financial condition, and reputation could be harmed. 

Systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security and other cyber security risks could have an 
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  
We  are  subject  to  certain operational  risks  to  our  information  systems.    Because  of  efforts  on  the  part  of 
computer  hackers  and  cyberterrorists  to  breach  data  security  of  companies,  we  face  risk  associated  with 
potential  failures  to  adequately  protect  critical  corporate,  customer  and  employee  data.    As  part  of  our 
business, we develop and retain confidential data about our company and our customers, including the U.S. 
government.    We  also  rely  on  the  services  of  a  variety  of  vendors  to  meet  our  data  processing  and 
communications needs. 

Despite  our  implemented  security  measures  and  established  policies,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  all  of  our 
systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack or other technological difficulties or failures or failures 
on the part of our employees to follow our established security measures and policies. Information security 
risks  have  increased  significantly.    Our  technologies,  systems,  and  networks  may  become  the  target  of 
cyber-attacks,  computer  viruses,  malicious  code,  or  information  security  breaches  that  could  result  in  the 
unauthorized  release,  gathering,  monitoring,  misuse,  loss  or  destruction  of  our  or  our  customers’ 
confidential,  proprietary  and  other  information  and  the  disruption  of  our  business  operations.    A  security 
breach could adversely impact our customer relationships, reputation and operation and result in violations 
of  applicable  privacy  and  other  laws,  financial  loss  to  us  or  to  our  customers  or  to  our  employees,  and 
litigation  exposure.    Although  we  are  aware  that  on  at  least  one  occasion  during  2017  that  there  was  a 
breach  of  our  existing  security  procedures  and  policies  as  to  employee  information  due to an  employee’s 
error  in  not  following  our  existing  security  procedures  and  policies,  we  do  not  believe  this  breach  had  a 
13 

 
 
 
 
 
material adverse effect on us.  While we maintain a system of internal controls and procedures, any breach, 
attack,  or  failure  as  discussed  above  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial 
condition, and results of operations or liquidity.  

There  is  also  an  increasing  attention  on  the  importance  of  cybersecurity  relating  to  infrastructure.    This 
creates  the  potential  for  future  developments  in  regulations  relating  to  cybersecurity  that  may  adversely 
impact us, our customers and how we offer our services to our customers. 

Risks Relating to our Intellectual Property 

If we cannot maintain our governmental permits or cannot obtain required permits, we may not be 
able to continue or expand our operations. 
We are a nuclear services and waste management company. Our business is subject to extensive, evolving, 
and increasingly stringent federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations. Such federal, state, 
and  local  environmental  laws  and  regulations  govern  our  activities  regarding  the  treatment,  storage, 
recycling,  disposal,  and  transportation  of  hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste  and  low-level  radioactive 
waste.  We must obtain and maintain permits or licenses to conduct these activities in compliance with such 
laws and regulations.  Failure to obtain and maintain the required permits or licenses would have a material 
adverse  effect  on  our  operations  and  financial  condition.  If  any  of  our  facilities  are  unable  to  maintain 
currently  held  permits  or  licenses  or  obtain  any  additional  permits  or  licenses  which  may  be  required  to 
conduct its operations, we may not be able to continue those operations at these facilities, which could have 
a material adverse effect on us. 

We believe our proprietary technology is important to us. 
We believe that it is important that we maintain our proprietary technologies. There can be no assurance that 
the steps taken by us to protect our proprietary technologies will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of 
these technologies by third parties. Misappropriation of our proprietary technology could have an adverse 
effect on our operations and financial condition. Changes to current environmental laws and regulations also 
could limit the use of our proprietary technology. 

Risks Relating to our Financial Position and Need for Financing 

Breach of any of the covenants in our credit facility could result in a default, triggering repayment of 
outstanding debt under the credit facility. 
Our  credit  facility  with  our  bank  contains  financial  covenants.  A  breach  of  any  of  these  covenants  could 
result in a default under our credit facility triggering our lender to immediately require the repayment of all 
outstanding debt under our credit facility and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. In the past, 
we had instances in which we failed to meet our minimum quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio; however, 
these instances of non-compliance were waived by our lender. In the past, our lender also has amended the 
methodology in calculating the quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio and changed the minimum quarterly 
fixed charge coverage ratio requirement so we can meet our quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio.  We met 
each of our minimum quarterly fixed charge coverage ratio requirements in 2017. If we fail to meet any of 
our  financial  covenants,  including  the  minimum  quarterly  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  requirement  in  the 
future and our lender does not waive the non-compliance or revise our covenant requirement so that we are 
in compliance, our lender could accelerates the payment of our borrowings under our credit facility.  In such 
event,  we  may  not  have  sufficient  liquidity  to  repay  our  debt  under  our  credit  facility  and  other 
indebtedness.   

Our amount of debt could adversely affect our operations. 
At  December  31,  2017,  our  aggregate  consolidated  debt  was  approximately  $3,962,000  (excluding  debt 
issuance costs). Our Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated 
October 31, 2011, as subsequently amended (“Revised Loan Agreement”) provides for a total credit facility 
commitment of approximately $18,100,000, consisting of a $12,000,000 revolving line of credit and a term 
loan of $6,100,000. The maximum we can borrow under the revolving part of the credit facility is based on 
a percentage of the amount of our eligible receivables outstanding at any one time reduced by outstanding 
standby  letters  of  credit  and  any  borrowing  reduction  that  our  lender  may  impose  from  time  to  time.  At 
14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December  31,  2017,  we  had  no  borrowings  under  the  revolving  part  of  our  credit  facility  and  borrowing 
availability  of  up  to  an  additional  $3,687,000.  A  lack  of  positive  operating  results  could  have  material 
adverse  consequences  on  our  ability  to  operate  our  business.    Our  ability  to  make  principal  and  interest 
payments,  or  to  refinance  indebtedness,  will  depend  on  both  our  and  our  subsidiaries'  future  operating 
performance and cash flow. Prevailing economic conditions, interest rate levels, and financial, competitive, 
business, and other factors affect us.  Many of these factors are beyond our control.  

Our indebtedness could  limit  our financial and  operating activities, and  adversely affect  our 
ability to incur  additional debt  to fund future  needs. 
As a result of our indebtedness, we could, among other things, be: 

• 

require  to  dedicate  a  substantial  portion  of  our  cash  flow  to  the  payment  of  principal  and 
interest, thereby  reducing the funds  available  for operations and  future business opportunities; 

•  make it more difficult for us to satisfy  our obligations; 
• 

limit  our  ability  to  borrow  additional    money  if needed  for other  purposes, including  working 
capital, capital  expenditures, debt  service  requirements, acquisitions and  general  corporate  or 
other purposes, on satisfactory  terms  or at all; 
limit our ability  to adjust  to changing economic,  business and  competitive conditions; 

• 
•  place  us  at  a  competitive  disadvantage with  competitors who  may  have  less  indebtedness or 

greater access  to financing; 

•  make  us  more  vulnerable  to  an  increase  in  interest    rates,  a  downturn  in  our  operating 

performance or a decline  in general  economic  conditions;  and 

•  make  us more  susceptible to changes in credit  ratings, which could  impact  our ability  to obtain 

financing  in the future  and  increase  the cost of such financing. 

Any of the  foregoing  could  adversely impact our  operating results, financial  condition, and liquidity. Our 
ability to continue our operations depends on our ability to generate profitable operations or complete equity 
or debt financings to increase our capital.  

Risks Relating to our Common Stock 

Issuance of substantial amounts of our Common Stock could depress our stock price. 
Any sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock in the public market could cause an adverse effect 
on the market price of our Common Stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of 
additional equity securities.  The issuance of our Common Stock will result in the dilution in the percentage 
membership interest of our stockholders and the dilution in ownership value. At December 31, 2017, we had 
11,730,981 shares of Common Stock outstanding. 

In addition, at December 31, 2017, we had outstanding options to purchase 624,800 shares of our Common 
Stock at exercise prices ranging from $2.79 to $13.35 per share. Further, our preferred share rights plan, if 
triggered, could result in the issuance of a substantial amount of our Common Stock.  The existence of this 
quantity  of  rights  to  purchase  our  Common  Stock  under  the  preferred  share  rights  plan  could  result  in  a 
significant dilution in the percentage ownership interest of our stockholders and the dilution in ownership 
value. Future sales of the shares issuable could also depress the market price of our Common Stock. 

We do not intend to pay dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. 
Since  our  inception,  we  have  not  paid  cash  dividends  on  our  Common  Stock,  and  we  do  not  anticipate 
paying  any  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Our  credit  facility  prohibits  us  from  paying  cash 
dividends on our Common Stock without prior approval from our lender. 

The  price  of  our  Common  Stock  may  fluctuate  significantly,  which  may  make  it  difficult  for  our 
stockholders to resell our Common Stock when a stockholder wants or at prices a stockholder finds 
attractive. 
The price of our Common Stock on the NASDAQ Capital Markets constantly changes. We expect that the 
market  price  of  our  Common  Stock  will  continue  to  fluctuate.  This  may  make  it  difficult  for  our 
stockholders  to  resell  the  Common  Stock  when  a  stockholder  wants  or  at  prices  a  stockholder  finds 
attractive. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future  issuance  of  our  Common  Stock  could  adversely  affect  the  price  of  our  Common  Stock,  our 
ability to raise funds in new stock offerings and could dilute the percentage ownership of our common 
stockholders. 
Future sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock or equity-related securities in the public market, 
or the perception that such sales or conversions could occur, could adversely affect prevailing trading prices 
of our Common Stock and could dilute the value of Common Stock held by our existing stockholders. No 
prediction  can  be  made  as  to  the  effect,  if  any,  that  future  sales  of  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  or  the 
availability of shares of our Common Stock for future sale will have on the trading price of our Common 
Stock.  Such  future  sales  or  conversions  could  also  significantly  reduce  the  percentage  ownership  of  our 
common stockholders. 

Delaware  law,  certain  of  our  charter  provisions,  our  stock  option  plans,  outstanding  warrants  and 
our  Preferred  Stock  may  inhibit  a  change  of  control  under  circumstances  that  could  give  you  an 
opportunity to realize a premium over prevailing market prices. 
We  are  a  Delaware  corporation  governed,  in  part,  by  the  provisions  of  Section  203  of  the  General 
Corporation  Law  of  Delaware,  an  anti-takeover  law.  In  general,  Section  203  prohibits  a  Delaware  public 
corporation  from  engaging  in  a  “business  combination”  with  an  “interested  stockholder”  for  a  period  of 
three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the 
business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.  As a result of Section 203, potential acquirers 
may be discouraged from attempting to effect acquisition transactions with us, thereby possibly depriving 
our security holders of certain opportunities to sell, or otherwise dispose of, such securities at above-market 
prices  pursuant  to  such  transactions.  Further,  certain  of  our  option  plans  provide  for  the  immediate 
acceleration of, and removal of restrictions from, options and other awards under such plans upon a “change 
of control” (as defined in the respective plans). Such provisions may also have the result of discouraging 
acquisition of us. 

We have authorized and unissued 17,636,577 (which include shares issuable under outstanding options to 
purchase 624,800 shares of our Common Stock) shares of our Common Stock and 2,000,000 shares of our 
Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2017 (which includes 600,000 shares of our Preferred Stock reserved 
for issuance under our preferred share rights plan). These unissued shares could be used by our management 
to make it more difficult, and thereby discourage an attempt to acquire control of us.  

Our Preferred Share Rights Plan (the “Rights Plan”) may adversely affect our stockholders. 
In  May  2008,  we  adopted  a  Rights  Plan,  designed  to  ensure  that  all  of  our  stockholders  receive  fair  and 
equal treatment in the event of a proposed takeover or abusive tender offer.  However, the Rights Plan may 
also have the effect of deterring, delaying, or preventing a change in control that might otherwise be in the 
best interests of our stockholders.  

In  general,  under  the  terms  of the  Rights  Plan, subject to  certain  limited  exceptions, if  a  person  or  group 
acquires 20% or more of our Common Stock or a tender offer or exchange offer for 20% or more of our 
Common Stock is announced or commenced, our other stockholders may receive upon exercise of the rights 
(the  “Rights”)  issued  under  the  Rights  Plan  the  number  of  shares  our  Common  Stock  or  of  one-one 
hundredths of a share of our Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, having 
a value equal to two times the purchase price of the Right.  In addition, if we are acquired in a merger or 
other business combination transaction in which we are not the survivor or more than 50% of our assets or 
earning  power  is  sold  or  transferred,  then  each  holder  of  a  Right  (other  than  the  acquirer)  will  thereafter 
have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to 
two  times  the  purchase  price  of  the  Right.  The  initial  purchase  price  of  each  Right  was  $13,  subject  to 
adjustment, including adjustment for reverse stock split.  

The  Rights  will  cause  substantial  dilution  to  a  person  or  group  that  attempts  to  acquire  us  on  terms  not 
approved  by  our  board  of  directors.  The  Rights  may  be  redeemed  by  us  at  $0.001  per  Right  at  any  time 
before any person or group acquires 20% or more of our outstanding common stock.  The rights should not 
interfere  with  any  merger  or  other  business  combination  approved  by  our  board  of  directors.  The  Rights 
Plan terminates on May 2, 2018.  

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not Applicable. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

Our  principal  executive  office  is  in  Atlanta,  Georgia.    Our  Business  Center  is  located  in  Knoxville, 
Tennessee.  Our Treatment Segment facilities are located in Gainesville, Florida; Kingston, Tennessee; and 
Richland, Washington. Our M&EC facility located in Oak Ridge, Tennessee is currently undergoing closure 
requirement  activities  which  we  plan  to  complete  by  the  second  quarter  of  2018.  Our  Services  Segment 
maintains  offices  as  noted  below,  which  are  all  leased  properties.  We  maintain  properties  in  Valdosta, 
Georgia and Memphis, Tennessee, which are all non-operational and are included within our discontinued 
operations.   

The  properties  where  three  of  our  facilities  operate  on  (Kingston,  Tennessee;  Gainesville,  Florida;  and 
Richland,  Washington)  are  held  by  our  senior  lender  as  collateral  for  our  credit  facility.  The  Company 
currently leases properties in the following locations: 

Location
Knoxville, TN (SEC)
Knoxville, TN (SEC)
Blaydon On Tyne, England (PF UK Limited)
Pittsburgh, PA (SEC)
Newport, KY (SEC)
Oak Ridge, TN (M&EC)
Atlanta, GA (Corporate)

Square Footage

20,850
5,000
1,000
640
1,566
150,000
6,499

Expiration of Lease
May 31, 2018
September 30, 2018
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
June 30, 2018
February 28, 2021

We  believe  that  the  above  facilities  currently  provide  adequate  capacity  for  our  operations  and  that 
additional  facilities  are  readily  available  in  the  regions  in  which  we  operate,  which  could  support  and 
supplement our existing facilities. 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In  the  normal  course  of  conducting  our  business,  we  may  become  involved  in  litigation  or  be  subject  to 
local,  state  and  federal  agency  (government)  proceedings.  We  are  not  a  party  to  any  litigation  or 
governmental proceeding, which our management believes could result in any judgments or fines that would 
have a material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity or results of future operations. 

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE  

Not Applicable. 

PART II 

ITEM 5. 

MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY  AND  RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Our Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Markets (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “PESI.” 
The following table sets forth the high and low market trade prices quoted for the Common Stock during the 
periods  shown.    The  source  of  such  quotations  and  information  is  the  NASDAQ  online  trading  history 
reports.   

2017 

2016 

Common Stock  1st Quarter 
2nd Quarter 
3rd Quarter 

Low    High    Low 

  High 
$  2.85  $  4.00  $  3.42  $  3.95 
  5.64 
  2.95 
4.34
  5.62 
  3.25 

  3.62 
  4.29 

  3.85 
  4.30 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4th Quarter 

  3.40 

  4.05 

  3.25 

  5.24 

At  February  20,  2018,  there  were  approximately  187  stockholders  of  record  of  our  Common  Stock, 
including  brokerage firms  and/or clearing  houses  holding  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  for  their  clientele 
(with  each  brokerage  house  and/or  clearing  house  being  considered  as  one  holder).    However,  the  total 
number of beneficial stockholders at February 20, 2018 was approximately 2,210. 

Since  our  inception,  we  have  not  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  our  Common  Stock  and  have  no  dividend 
policy. Our Revised Loan Agreement prohibits us from paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock 
without  prior  approval  from  our  lender.  We  do  not  anticipate  paying  cash  dividends  on  our  outstanding 
Common Stock in the foreseeable future. 

No sales of unregistered securities occurred during 2017. There were no purchases made by us or on behalf 
of us or any of our affiliated members of shares of our Common Stock during 2017. 

We  have  adopted  a  preferred  share  rights  plan,  which  is  designed  to  protect  us  against  certain  creeping 
acquisitions, open market purchases, and certain mergers and other combinations with acquiring companies.  
See Item 1A. - Risk Factors – “Our Preferred Share Rights Plan (the “Rights Plan”) may adversely affect 
our  stockholders”  as  to  further  discussion  relating  to  the  terms  of  our  Rights  Plan.  The  Rights  Plan 
terminates on May 2, 2018. 

See  Note  5  “Capital  Stock,  Stock  Plans,  Warrants,  and  Stock  Based  Compensation”  in  Part  II,  Item  8, 
“Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data”  and  “Equity  Compensation  Plan”  in  Part  III,  Item  12, 
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matter” for 
securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  equity  compensation  plans  which  are  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. 

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not required under Regulation S-K for smaller reporting companies. 

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Certain  statements  contained  within  this  “Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition 
and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”) may be deemed “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of 
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (collectively, the “Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995”).  See “Special Note 
regarding Forward-Looking Statements” contained in this report. 

Management's discussion and analysis is based, among other things, upon our audited consolidated financial 
statements and includes  our  accounts, the  accounts  of  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries and the accounts  of 
our  majority-owned  Polish  subsidiary,  after  elimination  of  all  significant  intercompany  balances  and 
transactions.  

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  financial 
statements and the notes thereto included in Item 8 of this report. 

Review 
Revenue  decreased  $1,450,000  or  2.8%  to  $49,769,000  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2017 
from $51,219,000 for the corresponding period of 2016. The decrease in revenue was primarily due to the 
decrease  in  revenue  of  approximately  $6,947,000  or  36.6%  from  $18,966,000  to  $12,019,000  in  the 
Services Segment. Treatment Segment revenue increased approximately $5,497,000 or 17.0% from higher 
waste  volume  and  higher  averaged  price  waste  resulting  from  revenue  mix.  Total  gross  profit  increased 
$1,536,000 or 21.7% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the corresponding 
period  of  2016  primarily  due  to  higher  revenue  generated  from  our  Treatment  Segment.  Total  selling, 
18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
general  and  administrative (“SG&A”)  expenses  increased  $377,000  or  3.5%  for the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2017 as compared to the corresponding period of 2016. 

We continue our plan to close our East Tennessee Materials and Energy Corporation (“M&EC”) facility by 
the  end  of  the  M&EC’s  lease  term  which  has  been  extended  to June  30,  2018  from  January  21,  2018.  In 
accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment,” during 
the  third  quarter  of  2017,  we  performed  an  updated  financial  valuation  of  M&EC’s  remaining  long-lived 
tangible assets (inclusive of the capitalized asset retirement costs) for further potential impairment. Based on 
our  analysis  using  an  undiscounted  cash  flow  approach,  we  concluded  that  the  carrying  value  of  the 
remaining  tangible  assets  for  M&EC  was  not  recoverable  and  exceeded  its  fair  value.  Consequently,  we 
fully impaired the remaining tangible assets for M&EC resulting in $672,000 in tangible asset impairment 
loss  (non-cash).  During  2017,  we  also  recorded  an  additional  $1,400,000  in  closure  liabilities  due  to  a 
change in estimated closure costs for our M&EC facility. M&EC revenues were approximately $6,312,000 
and $4,419,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Upon closure of M&EC, we 
estimate that we will eliminate annual fixed costs estimated to be approximately $4,000,000 to $5,000,000. 

We  had  a  working  capital  deficit  of  approximately  $2,268,000  at  December  31,  2017,  as  compared  to 
working capital deficit of $2,131,000 at December 31, 2016 

As  previously  reported,  at  the  direction  of  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti,  our  former  Chief  Executive  Officer 
(“CEO”)  and  President,  and  the  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”),  we  instituted  our  succession  plan 
effective during the third quarter of 2017, in which Dr. Louis Centofanti resigned his position as our CEO 
and President and the Board elected Mark Duff as the new CEO and President of the Company, effective 
September  8,  2017.  Mark  Duff  previously  held  the  position  of  Executive  Vice  President/Chief  Operating 
Officer  (“EVP/COO”).  In  order  to  have  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti  remain  active  in  the  operation  of  the 
Company, the Board then elected Dr. Louis Centofanti as EVP of Strategic Initiatives effective September 
8, 2018.  Dr. Louis Centofanti continues to serve as a member of the Board. 

Business Environment and Outlook
Our  Treatment  and  Services  Segments’  business  continues  to  be  heavily  dependent  on  services  that  we 
provide  to  governmental  clients  directly  as  the  contractor  or  indirectly  as  a  subcontractor.    We  believe 
demand  for  our  services  will  continue to  be  subject to  fluctuations  due to a  variety of factors  beyond our 
control, including the  current economic conditions, the  large  budget deficit  that the government  is facing, 
and  the  manner  in  which  the  government  will  be  required  to  spend  funding  to  remediate  federal  sites.  In 
addition,  our  governmental  contracts  and  subcontracts  relating  to  activities  at  governmental  sites  are 
generally subject to termination or renegotiation on 30 days notice at the government’s option. Significant 
reductions in the level of governmental funding or specifically mandated levels for different programs that 
are  important  to  our  business  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial  position, 
results  of  operations  and  cash  flows. As  previously  disclosed,  during  the  latter  part  of  2016,  our  Medical 
Segment reduced its research and development (“R&D”) activities substantially due to the need for capital 
to fund such activities. Our Medical Segment continues to seek various sources in order to raise this capital. 
We  anticipate  that  our  Medical  Segment  R&D  activities  will  be  limited  until  the  necessary  capital  is 
obtained through its own credit facility or additional equity raise. If the Medical Segment is unable to raise 
the necessary capital, the Medical Segment could be required to further reduce, delay or eliminate its R&D 
program. 

We are continually reviewing operating costs and are committed to further reducing operating costs to bring 
them in line with revenue levels, when needed.   

We continue to focus on expansion into both commercial and international markets to increase revenues in 
our  Treatment  and  Services  Segments  to  offset  the  uncertainties  of  government  spending  in  the  United 
States of America. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below for further discussion of our liquidity. 

Results of Operations 
The  reporting  of  financial  results  and  pertinent  discussions  are  tailored  to  our  three  reportable  segments: 
The  Treatment  Segment  (“Treatment”),  the  Services  Segment  (“Services”),  and  the  Medical  Segment 
19

(“Medical”). Our Medical Segment has not generated any revenue and all costs incurred are included within 
R&D:   

Summary - Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 
Below are the results of continuing operations for years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (amounts in 
thousands): 

(Consolidated)
Net revenues
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
Impairment loss on tangible assets
Impairment loss on intangible assets
Loss from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Interest expense – financing fees
Other
Loss from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax benefit
Loss from continuing operations

$    

2017
49,769
41,149
8,620
11,101
1,595
(12)
672 

(4,736)
140
(315)
(35)
123
(4,823)
(1,285)

%
100.0
82.7
17.3
22.3
3.2 

1.3

(9.5)
.3
(.6)
(.1)
.2
(9.7)
(2.6)

$    

2016
51,219
44,135
7,084
10,724
2,046
2  
1,816
8,288
(15,792)
110
(489)
(108)
22  
(16,257)
(2,994)

$     

(3,538)

(7.1)

$   

(13,263)

%
100.0
86.2
13.8
20.9
4.0  

3.5  
16.2
(30.8)
.2
(.9)
(.2)

(31.7)
(5.8)

(25.9)

Net Revenue 
Consolidated revenues decreased $1,450,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2016, as follows:  

(In thousands)
Treatment

Government waste
Hazardous/non-hazardous
Other nuclear waste

Total

Services

Nuclear 
Technical 
Total

Total

2017

% 
Revenue 

2016

% 
Revenue 

Change

% 
Change

$     

27,592
4,855
5,303
37,750

9,186
2,833
12,019

55.4
9.8  
10.7
75.9

18.4
5.7  
24.1

$    

21,433
4,511
6,309
32,253

17,035
1,931
18,966

41.9
8.8  
12.3
63.0

33.2
3.8  
37.0

$    

6,159
344
(1,006)
5,497

(7,849)
902
(6,947)

28.7
7.6
(15.9)
17.0

(46.1)
46.7
(36.6)

$     

49,769

100.0

$    

51,219

100.0

$    

(1,450)

(2.8)

Treatment Segment revenue increased $5,497,000 or 17.0% for the year ended December 31, 2017 over the 
same period in 2016. The revenue increase was primarily due to higher revenue generated from government 
clients of approximately $6,159,000 or 28.7% primarily due to higher averaged price waste resulting from 
waste mix and higher waste volume. Other nuclear waste revenue decreased by approximately $1,006,000 
or  15.9%  primarily  due  to  both  lower  waste  volume  and  lower  averaged  price  waste.  Services  Segment 
revenue decrease by $6,947,000 or 36.6% for the year ended December 31, 2017 over the same period in 
2016 primarily due to the completion of a nuclear services project in December 2016 which had generated 
revenues of approximately $9,763,000 in 2016. The decrease in revenue in the Services Segment was also 
partially  due  to  delays  in  a  large  nuclear  services  project  in  May  2017  due  to  government  funding 
uncertainties.  This  project  commenced  at  the  end  of  August  2017  and  is  expected  to  continue  until 
approximately June  2018. Our  Services  Segment  revenues  are  project  based;  as  such,  the  scope,  duration 
20

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and completion of each project vary. As a result, our Services Segment revenues are subject to differences 
relating to timing and project value.   

Cost of Goods Sold 
Cost of goods sold decreased $2,986,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2016, as follows: 

(In thousands)
Treatment
Services
Total

2017
 $    29,834 
       11,315 
 $    41,149 

%
 Revenue
           79.0 
           94.1 
           82.7 

2016
 $    28,238 
       15,897 
 $    44,135 

%
 Revenue
           87.6 
           83.8 
           86.2 

Change
 $      1,596 
(4,582)
(2,986)

$     

Cost  of  goods  sold  for  the  Treatment  Segment  increased  by  $1,596,000  or  approximately  5.7%.  Costs  of 
goods  sold  for  the  Treatment  Segment  for  2017  included  approximately  $550,000  and  $850,000  in 
additional closure costs recorded in the third and fourth quarters of 2017, respectively, in connection with 
the pending closure of our M&EC facility as discussed above. Also, cost of goods sold for the Treatment 
Segment  for  2016 included  a  write-off  of  approximately  $587,000  in  prepaid fees recorded in the  second 
quarter of 2016 resulting from the impairment of certain equipment at our M&EC facility due to the pending 
closure  of  the  M&EC  facility.  Such  fees  were  incurred  for  emission  performance  testing  certification 
requirements  as  mandated  by  the  state.  Excluding  the  additional  closure  costs  of  $1,400,000  recorded  in 
2017 and the write-off of $587,000 recorded in 2016, total Treatment Segment cost of goods sold increased 
$783,000  or  2.8%.  Treatment  Segment  variable  costs  increased  by  approximately  $750,000  primarily  in 
disposal,  transportation,  material  and  supplies,  and  lab  costs  due  to  higher  revenue.  Treatment  Segment 
overall  fixed  costs  were  slightly  higher  by  approximately  $33,000  resulting  from  the  following: 
maintenance expense was higher by $257,000; general expense was higher by approximately $222,000 in 
various categories; regulatory expense was higher by $190,000; salaries and payroll related expenses were 
lower by approximately $414,000 due to lower headcount from normal attrition and employees working on 
the  pending  closure  of  the  M&EC  facility  (resulting  in  salaries  and  payroll  related  expenses  charged  to 
closure accrual); and depreciation expense was lower by approximately $222,000 as we fully impaired the 
remaining tangible assets of our M&EC facility during the third quarter of 2017 resulting from an updated 
financial valuation of the remaining tangible assets at M&EC due to the pending closure of the facility by 
the end of June 2018. Services Segment cost of goods sold decreased $4,582,000 or 28.8% primarily due to 
the  decrease  in  revenue  as  discussed  above.  The  decrease  in  Services  Segment’s  cost  of  goods  sold  was 
primarily  in  salaries  and  payroll  related  expenses,  travel,  and  outside  services  expenses  totaling 
approximately  $3,142,000  with  the  remaining  decrease  primarily  in  material  and  supplies  and  disposal 
costs.  Included  within  cost  of  goods  sold  is  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  of  $3,720,000  and 
$4,002,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, and 2016, respectively.   

Gross Profit  
Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $1,536,000 higher than 2016 as follows: 

(In thousands)
Treatment
Services
Total

2017
 $      7,916 
            704 
 $      8,620 

%
 Revenue
           21.0 
             5.9 
           17.3 

2016
 $      4,015 
         3,069 
 $      7,084 

%
 Revenue
           12.4 
           16.2 
           13.8 

Change
 $      3,901 
(2,365)
1,536

$       

Treatment  Segment  gross  profit  increased  $3,901,000  or  97.2%.  Excluding  the  $1,400,000  in  additional 
closure costs recorded in 2017 and the $587,000 write off in prepaid fees recorded in the second quarter of 
2016  in  connection  with  the  pending  closure  of  our  M&EC  facility  discussed  above,  Treatment  Segment 
gross  profit  increased  $4,714,000  or  102.4%  and  gross  margin  increased  to  24.7%  from  14.3%  primarily 
due to increased revenue. In the Services Segment, the decreases in gross profit of $2,365,000 or 77.1% and 
gross  margin  from  16.2%  to  5.9%  was  primarily  due  to  the  decrease  in  revenue  as  discussed  above. 
Additionally,  our  overall  Services  Segment  gross  margin  is  impacted  by  our  current  projects  which  are 
competitively bid on and will therefore, have varying margin structures. 

21 

 
 
       
 
 
 
       
 
SG&A 
SG&A  expenses  increased  $377,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  as  compared  to  the 
corresponding period for 2016 as follows:  

(In thousands)
Administrative
Treatment
Services
Total

2017

$       

4,788
3,316
2,997
11,101

$     

% 
Revenue

8.8
24.9
22.3

2016

$       

4,919
3,506
2,299
10,724

$     

% 
Revenue

10.9
12.1
20.9

Change
$        

(131)
(190)
698
377

$          

The  increase  in  total  SG&A  was  primarily  due  to  higher  SG&A  costs  in  the  Services  Segment.  Services 
Segment  SG&A  increased  by  $698,000  primarily  due  to  higher  bad  debt  expenses  of  approximately 
$757,000.  During the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded an additional $364,000 in bad debt expense in 
our Services Segment  as certain accounts receivable were determined not to be collectible at December 31, 
2017. The increase in bad debt expenses in 2017 as compared to 2016 was also impacted by a reduction in 
bad debt expense of approximately $364,000 we recorded during the second quarter of 2016 resulting from 
a reduction in allowance for doubtful accounts as a previously uncertain account receivable was determined 
to be collectible at June 30, 2016. In addition, Services Segment salaries and payroll related expenses were 
higher  by  approximately  $49,000  and  general  expenses  were  higher  by  approximately  $15,000 in  various 
categories. The overall higher costs in SG&A in the Services Segment were partially offset by lower outside 
services  costs  of  approximately  $71,000  resulting  from  fewer  consulting/subcontract  matters,  lower 
depreciation  expenses  of  $35,000  as  certain  fixed  assets  became  fully  depreciated  at  year  end  2016,  and 
lower travel expenses of $17,000. The decrease in Administrative SG&A was primarily the result of lower 
salaries  and  payroll  related  expenses  of  approximately  $100,000  and  lower  amortization  expense  of 
approximately  $44,000  as  we  recorded  a  patent  write-off  during  the  second  quarter  of  2016.  In  addition, 
Administrative SG&A expenses were lower by approximately $29,000 in outside service expenses resulting 
from fewer subcontract/consulting matters. The total decrease in Administrative SG&A costs was partially 
offset  by  higher  travel  expenses  of  approximately  $27,000  made  by  our  executives  and  higher  general 
expenses of $15,000 in various categories. Treatment SG&A was lower primarily due to lower salaries and 
payroll related costs of approximately $341,000. The lower costs in Treatment SG&A were partially offset 
by  higher  general  expenses  of  $101,000  mostly  due  to  higher  tradeshow/marketing  expenses  and  higher 
outside  services  expenses  of  approximately  $50,000  due  to  more  consulting  matters.  Included  in  SG&A 
expenses is depreciation and amortization expense of $83,000 and $163,000 for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

R&D 
R&D  expenses  decreased  $451,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  as  compared  to  the 
corresponding period of 2016 as follows: 

(In thousands)
Administrative
Treatment
Services
PF Medical 
Total

2017
$            

2016
$            

15
439

1,141
1,595

$       

$       

Change

(65)
(38)
(348)
(451)

$

$

15
504
38
1,489
2,046

Research and development costs consist primarily of employee salaries and benefits, laboratory costs, third 
party fees, and other related costs associated with the development of new technologies and technological 
enhancement of new potential waste treatment processes. The decrease in R&D costs for 2017 as compared 
to 2016 was primarily due to reduced R&D performed by our PF Medical Segment. 

Interest Expense 
Interest  expense  decreased  approximately  $174,000  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2017  as 
compared to the corresponding period of 2016. Interest expense for 2016 included a $68,000 loss on debt 
22 

 
        
      
          
      
      
            
      
      
 
          
          
        
        
 
 
extinguishment that we recorded in the first quarter of 2016 resulting from an amendment dated March 24, 
2016 that we entered into with our lender which extended the due date of our credit facility, among other 
things, to March 24, 2021. Excluding this $68,000 loss on debt extinguishment, the decrease was primarily 
due  to  lower  interest  from  our  declining  term  loan  balance  and  lower  average  revolver  loan  balance 
outstanding.  

Interest Expense- Financing Fees 
Interest  expense-financing  fees  decreased  approximately  $73,000  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December 
31,  2017  as  compared  to  the  corresponding  period  of  2016.  The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  lower 
monthly  amortized  financing  fees  resulting  from  our  amended  credit  facility  pursuant  to  the  amendment 
dated  March  24,  2016  as  discussed  above.  The  decrease  was  also  the  result  of  final  amortization  of  debt 
discount as financing fees which occurred in August 2016 in connection with the issuance of our common 
stock  and  two  warrants  to  certain  lenders  as  consideration  for  the  Company  receiving  a  $3,000,000  loan 
which was paid off by the Company in August 2016. 

Income Taxes 
We  had  income  tax  benefits  of  $1,285,000  and  $2,994,000  for  continuing  operations  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The Company’s effective tax rates were approximately 26.6% 
and  18.4%  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  respectively. Our  tax  benefit  for 
2017  included  a  tax  benefit  in  the  amount  of  approximately  $1,695,000  recorded  in  the  fourth  quarter  of 
2017  resulting  primarily  from  the  required  re-measurement  of  our  deferred  assets  and  liabilities  and  the 
reversal  of  valuation  allowance  and  refunding  of  alternative  minimum  tax  (“AMT”)  credit  carryforward.  
This tax benefit was recorded as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) enacted into 
law on December 22, 2017 (see “Critical Accounting Policies” in this section for a further discussion of the 
Tax Act and the tax benefit recorded). Our income tax benefit for the year ended 2016 was primarily the 
result  of  a  tax  benefit  recorded  in  the  amount  of  approximately  $3,203,000  resulting  from  the  permit 
impairment loss recorded for the M&EC subsidiary during the second quarter of 2016.  

Discontinued Operations  
Our discontinued operations consist of all our subsidiaries included in our Industrial Segment which were 
divested in 2011 and prior, previously closed locations, and our Perma-Fix of South Georgia, Inc. (“PFSG”) 
facility  which  is  currently  undergoing  closure,  subject  to  regulatory  approval  of  necessary  plans  and 
permits. 

Our  discontinued  operations  had  no  revenue  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016.  
We  incurred  net  losses  of  $592,000  and  $730,000  for  our  discontinued  operations  for  the  twelve  months 
ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  respectively  (net  of  taxes  of  $0  for  each  period).    Losses  for  the 
periods  discussed  above  were  primarily  due  to  costs  incurred  in  the  administration  and  continued 
monitoring of our discontinued operations.   

Liquidity and Capital Resources  
Our  cash  flow  requirements  during  2017  were  primarily  financed  by  our  operations,  credit  facility 
availability, and the restricted finite risk sinking funds that were released back to us in May 2017 from the 
cancellation of a previous financial assurance policy issued by American International Group (“AIG”) for 
our  Perma-Fix  Northwest  Richland,  Inc.  (“PFNWR”)  subsidiary  (see  “Investing  Activities”  below  for 
further  information  of  this  finite  sinking  fund  and  the  replacement  closure  mechanism  acquired  for  the 
PFNWR subsidiary). We anticipate that our cash flow requirements for the next twelve months will consist 
primarily  of  general  working  capital  needs,  scheduled  principal  payments  on  our  debt  obligations, 
remediation  projects,  planned  capital  expenditures,  and  closure  spending  requirements  in  the  amount  of 
approximately $2,791,000 in connection with the pending closure of our M&EC facility (“M&EC closure”).  
We plan to fund these requirements from our operations and our credit facility. Additionally, as a result of 
the M&EC closure, we expect to receive during 2018, a partial release of  approximately $5,000,000 of the 
$15,676,000  restricted  finite  risk  sinking  funds  held  by  AIG  as  collateral  under  the  financial  assurance 
policy dated June 2003 that we currently have with AIG. This partial release in finite risk sinking funds is 
subject to approval from AIG and the appropriate Tennessee state regulators and when released, will further 
enhance  our  liquidity.  We  continue  to  explore  all  sources  of  increasing  revenue.  We  are  continually 
23 

 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
 
reviewing operating costs and are committed to further reducing operating costs to bring them in line with 
revenue  levels,  when  necessary.  Although  there  are  no  assurances,  we  believe  that  our  cash  flows  from 
operations and our available liquidity from our credit facility are sufficient to fund our operations for the 
next twelve months. Additionally, the partial release of the finite risk sinking funds that we expect to receive 
during 2018 as a result of the M&EC closure as discussed above will further provide additional funding for 
our  operations  as  needed.  As  previously  disclosed,  during  the  latter  part  of  2016,  our  Medical  Segment 
substantially reduced its R&D activities due to the need for capital to fund such activities. We anticipate that 
our  Medical  Segment  will  not  resume  full  R&D  activities  until  it  obtains  the  necessary  funding  through 
obtaining its own credit facility or additional equity raise. Our Medical Segment continues to seek various 
sources in order to raise this funding. If the Medical Segment is unable to raise the necessary capital, the 
Medical Segment could be required to further reduce, delay or eliminate its R&D program. 

The  following  table  reflects  the  cash  flow  activity  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  and  the 
corresponding period of 2016:   

(In thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
Cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities of continuing operations
Cash provided by investing activities of discontinued operations
Cash used in financing activities of continuing operations
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
Increase (decrease) in cash

2017

2016

$     

$     

1,089
(647)
5,402
69
(5,022)
9
900

1,063
(959)
(499)
84
(956)
(5)
(1,272)

$        

$    

At December 31, 2017, we were in a positive cash position and no revolving credit balance. At December 
31,  2017,  we  had  cash  on  hand  of  approximately  $1,063,000  which  includes  account  balances  for  our 
foreign subsidiaries totaling approximately $305,000.  

Operating Activities 
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts, totaled $7,940,000 at December 31, 2017, a 
decrease of $977,000 from the December 31, 2016 balance of $8,917,000 (including accounts receivable – 
non-current).  The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  increased  accounts  receivable  collections.  We  provide  a 
variety of payment terms to our customers; therefore, our accounts receivable are impacted by these terms 
and the related timing of accounts receivable collections. 

Accounts payable, totaled $3,537,000 at December 31, 2017, a decrease of $707,000 from the December 31, 
2016 balance of $4,244,000.  The decrease was primarily due to the timing of the payment of our accounts 
payable.  Also,  we  continue  to  manage  payment  terms  with  our  vendors  to  maximize  our  cash  position 
throughout all segments. 

Disposal/transportation accrual at December 31, 2017, totaled $2,071,000, an increase of $681,000 over the 
December 31, 2016 balance of $1,390,000.  Our disposal accrual can vary based on revenue mix and the 
timing of waste shipments for final disposal. During 2017, we shipped less waste for disposal.   

We  had  a  working  capital  deficit  of  $2,268,000  (which  included  working  capital  of  our  discontinued 
operations) at December 31, 2017, as compared to a working capital deficit of $2,131,000 at December 31, 
2016.  Our  working  capital  was  negatively  impacted  by  the  reclassification  of  approximately  $881,000  in 
accrued closure costs from long-term to current in the first quarter of 2017 and the additional current closure 
costs  accrual  recorded  in  the  amount  of  approximately  $1,400,000  during  the  second  half  of  2017  in 
connection  with  the  pending  M&EC  closure.  We  used  the  finite  risk  sinking  funds  received  from  the 
cancellation  of  our  PFNWR  financial  assurance  policy  to  pay  down  our  payables  and  to  pay  off  our 
revolving credit which is included in long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

24 

 
 
 
         
         
       
         
            
            
      
         
              
             
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Investing Activities 
During 2017, our purchases of capital equipment totaled approximately $439,000. These expenditures were 
primarily  for  improvements  in  our  Treatment  Segment.  These  capital  expenditures  were  funded  by  cash 
from  operations.  We  have  budgeted  approximately  $1,000,000  for  2018  capital  expenditures  for  our 
Treatment  and  Services  Segments  to  maintain  operations  and  regulatory  compliance  requirements.  On 
March 7, 2018, our Board approved an additional $1,000,000 in capital spending for footprint expansion for 
one of our Treatment Segment facilities. Certain of these budgeted projects may either be delayed until later 
years or deferred altogether. We have traditionally incurred actual capital spending totals for a given year at 
less than the initial budgeted amount. We plan to fund our capital expenditures from cash from operations 
and/or  financing.    The  initiation  and  timing  of  projects  are  also  determined  by  financing  alternatives  or 
funds available for such capital projects.   

We had a closure policy dated August 2007 for our PFNWR facility with AIG (“PFNWR policy”) which 
provided financial assurance to the State of Washington in the event of closure of the PFNWR facility.  In 
April  2017,  we  received  final  releases  from  state  and  federal  regulators  for  the  PFNWR  policy  which 
enabled  us  to  cancel  the  PFNWR  policy  resulting  in  the  release  of  approximately  $5,951,000  on  May  1, 
2017  in  finite  sinking  funds  previously  held  by  AIG  as  collateral  for  the  PFNWR  policy.  We  used  the 
released  finite  sinking  funds  to  pay  off  our  revolving  credit  with  the  remaining  funds  used  for  general 
working capital needs. We have acquired new bonds in the required amount of approximately $7,000,000 
(“new bonds”) to replace the PFNWR policy in providing financial assurance for the PFNWR facility. Upon 
receipt of the $5,951,000 in finite sinking funds from AIG, we and our lender executed a standby letter of 
credit in the amount of $2,500,000 as collateral for the new bonds for the PFNWR facility.  

Financing Activities 
We  entered  into  an  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated 
October 31, 2011 (“Amended Loan Agreement”), with PNC National Association (“PNC”), acting as agent 
and  lender.  The  Amended  Loan  Agreement,  as  subsequently  amended  (“Revised  Loan  Agreement”), 
provides us with the following credit facility with a maturity date of March 24, 2021: (a) up to $12,000,000 
revolving credit (“revolving credit”) and (b) a term loan (“term loan”) of approximately $6,100,000, which 
requires  monthly  installments  of  approximately  $101,600  (based  on  a  seven-year  amortization).  The 
maximum that we can borrow under the revolving credit is based on a percentage of eligible receivables (as 
defined) at any one time reduced by outstanding standby letters of credit and borrowing reductions that our 
lender may impose from time to time. 

Under  the  Revised  Loan  Agreement,  we  have  the  option  of  paying  an  annual  rate  of  interest  due  on  the 
revolving credit at prime plus 2% or London Inter Bank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3% and the term loan at 
prime plus 2.5% or LIBOR plus 3.5%.  

Pursuant to the Revised Loan Agreement, we may terminate the Revised Loan Agreement, upon 90 days’ 
prior written notice upon payment in full of our obligations under the Revised Loan Agreement.  We agreed 
to pay PNC 1.0% of the total financing in the event we had paid off our obligations on or before March 23, 
2017,  .50%  of  the  total  financing  if  we  pay  off  our  obligations  after  March  23,  2017  but  prior  to  or  on 
March 23, 2018, and .25% of the total financing if we pay off our obligations after March 23, 2018 but prior 
to or on March 23, 2019.  No early termination fee shall apply if we pay off our obligations after March 23, 
2019. 

At December 31, 2017, the borrowing availability under our revolving credit was $3,687,000, based on our 
eligible  receivables  and  includes  an  indefinite  reduction  of  borrowing  availability  of  $2,000,000  that  our 
lender  has  imposed,  which  includes  $750,000  that  was  imposed  immediately  upon  the  receipt  of  the 
$5,951,000 in finite sinking funds by us in connection with cancellation of our PFNWR policy, pursuant to 
a “Condition Subsequent” clause in the November 17, 2016 amendment that we entered into with our lender 
(see  “Investing  Activities”  above  for  further  discussion  of  the  receipt  of  the  finite  risk  sinking  funds  in 
connection  with  our  PFNWR  facility).  Our  borrowing  availability  under  our  revolving  credit  was  also 
reduced by outstanding standby letters of credit totaling approximately $2,675,000. 

25 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
We  have  had  discussions  with  our  lender  as  to  the  removal  of  the  $2,000,000  reduction  in  borrowing 
availability discussed above.  Our lender has advised us that they will be reducing the $2,000,000 reduction 
in  borrowing  availability  to  $1,000,000  during  the  first  half  of  2018,  subject  to  receipt  of  appropriate 
approvals  by  the  lender  and  execution  of  documentation,  and  would  consider  removal  of  the  remaining 
$1,000,000 reduction in borrowing availability depending on our results during 2018.  

Our credit facility with PNC contains certain financial covenants, along with customary representations and 
warranties.  A breach of any of these financial covenants, unless waived by PNC, could result in a default 
under our credit facility allowing our lender to immediately require the repayment of all outstanding debt 
under our credit facility and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. The following table details 
the  quarterly  financial  covenant  requirements  under  our  credit  facility  at  December  31,  2017.   

(Dollars in thousands)
Senior Credit Facility

Quarterly 
Requirement

1st Quarter
Actual

2nd Quarter
Actual

3rd Quarter
Actual

4th Quarter
Actual

Fixed charge coverage ratio
Minimum tangible adjusted net worth

1.15:1
$26,000

3.13:1
$30,148

2.57:1
$28,850

2.40:1
$26,853

1.45:1
$27,161

We  met  our  quarterly  financial  covenants  in  each  of  the  quarters  of  2017  and  we  expect  to  meet  these 
quarterly  financial  covenant  requirements  in  the  next  twelve  months.  If  we  fail  to  meet  any  of  these 
quarterly financial covenant requirements as noted above and our lender does not waive the non-compliance 
or  revise  our  covenant  so  that  we  are  in  compliance,  our  lender  could  accelerate  the  repayment  of 
borrowings under our credit facility. In the event that our lender accelerates the payment of our borrowings, 
we may not have sufficient liquidity to repay our debt under our credit facility and other indebtedness.   

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 
We  have  a  number  of  routine  operating  leases,  primarily  related  to  office  space  rental,  office  equipment 
rental  and  equipment  rental  for  contract  projects  at  December  31,  2017,  which  total  approximately 
$645,000, payable as follows:  $366,000 in 2018; $141,000 in 2019; $118,000 in 2020; with the remaining 
$20,000 in 2021.  

From time to time, we are required to post standby letters of credit and various bonds to support contractual 
obligations to customers and other obligations, including facility closures. At December 31, 2017, the total 
amount  of  outstanding  standby  letters  of  credit  totaled  approximately  $2,675,000  and the total amount  of 
bonds outstanding totaled approximately $8,305,000. The Company also provides closure and post-closure 
requirements through a financial assurance policy for certain of our Treatment Segment facilities through 
AIG.  At  December  31,  2017,  the  closure  and  post-closure  requirements  for  these  facilities  were 
approximately $29,473,000.  

Critical Accounting Policies 
In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), management makes estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the 
date  of  the  financial  statements,  as  well  as,  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the 
reporting period.  We believe the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant estimates 
used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements: 

Revenue  Recognition  Estimates.    We  utilize  a  performance  based  methodology  for  purposes  of  revenue 
recognition  in  our  Treatment  Segment.  As  we  accept  more  complex  waste  streams  in  this  segment,  the 
treatment  of  those  waste  streams  becomes  more  complicated  and  time  consuming.  We  have  continued  to 
enhance  our  waste  tracking  capabilities  and  systems,  which  has  enabled  us  to  better  match  the  revenue 
earned to the processing phases achieved using a proportional performance method. The major processing 
phases are receipt, treatment/processing and shipment/final disposition. Upon receiving various wastes we 
recognize  a  certain  percentage  (generally  ranging  from  9.0%  to  33%)  of  revenue  as  we  incur  costs  for 
transportation,  analyses  and  labor  associated  with  the  receipt  of  mixed  waste.  As  the  waste  is  processed, 
shipped and disposed of, we recognize the remaining revenue and the associated costs of transportation and 
26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
burial  where  applicable.  We  review  and  evaluate  our  revenue  recognition  estimates  and  policies  on  an 
annual basis.  

For  our  Services  Segment,  revenues  on  services  are  performed  under  fixed  price,  time  and  material,  and 
cost-reimbursement contracts. Revenues and costs associated with fixed price contracts are recognized using 
the percentage of completion (efforts expended) method. We estimate our percentage of completion based 
on  attainment  of  project  milestones.    Revenues  and  costs  associated  with  time  and  material  contracts  are 
recognized as revenue when earned and costs are incurred.  

Under cost-reimbursement contracts, we are reimbursed for costs incurred plus a certain percentage markup 
for indirect costs, in accordance with contract provisions.  Costs incurred in excess of contract funding may 
be renegotiated for reimbursement. We also earn a fee based on the approved costs to complete the contract.  
We recognize this fee using the proportion of costs incurred to total estimated contract costs. Contract costs 
include  all  direct  labor,  material  and  other  non-labor  costs  and  those  indirect  costs  related  to  contract 
support, such as depreciation, fringe benefits, overhead labor, supplies, tools, repairs and equipment rental. 
Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are 
determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising 
from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs and income 
and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by an allowance 
for  doubtful  accounts,  which  is  a  valuation  allowance  that  reflects  management's  best  estimate  of  the 
amounts that are uncollectible.  We regularly review all accounts receivable balances that exceed 60 days 
from the invoice date and, based on an assessment of current credit worthiness, estimate the portion, if any, 
of the balances that are uncollectible.  Specific accounts that are deemed to be uncollectible are reserved at 
100% of their outstanding balance. The remaining balances aged over 60 days have a percentage applied by 
aging category (5% for balances 61-90 days, 20% for balances 91-120 days and 40% for balances over 120 
days aged), based on a historical collections patterns, that allows us to calculate the total allowance required. 
This  analysis  excludes  government  related  receivables  due  to  our  past  successful  experience  in  their 
collectability. Our allowance was approximately 1.4% of revenue for 2017 and 8.3% of accounts receivable 
at December 31, 2017. Additionally, this allowance was approximately 0.5% of revenue for 2016 and 3.0% 
of accounts receivable at December 31, 2016.  

Intangible  Assets.    Intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of  the  recognized  value  of  the  permits  required  to 
operate  our  business.  We  continually  monitor  the  propriety  of  the  carrying  amount  of  our  permits  to 
determine whether current events and circumstances warrant adjustments to the carrying value. 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are reviewed for impairment annually as of October 
1, or when events or changes in the business environment indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 
If the fair value of the asset is less than the carrying amount, we perform a quantitative test to determine the 
fair value. The impairment loss, if any, is measured as the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its 
fair value. Significant judgments are inherent in these analyses and include assumptions for, among other 
factors,  forecasted  revenue,  gross  margin,  growth  rate,  operating  income,  timing  of  expected  future  cash 
flows, and the determination of appropriate long term discount rates. 

Impairment testing of our permits related to our Treatment reporting unit as of October 1, 2017 resulted in 
no impairment charges. In 2016, based on our analysis, we fully impaired the permit value of approximately 
$8,288,000 for our M&EC subsidiary as a result of our decision to close the M&EC facility. We performed 
impairment testing of the remaining permits related to our Treatment reporting unit as of October 1, 2016 
and determined there was no impairment.  

Intangible  assets  that  have  definite  useful  lives  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the 
estimated  useful  lives  (with  the  exception  of  customer  relationships  which  are  amortized  using  an 
accelerated method) and are excluded from our annual intangible asset valuation review as of October 1. We 
have one definite-lived permit which was excluded from our annual impairment review as noted above. The 
net  carrying  value  of  this  one  definite-lived  permit  at  December  31,  2017  and  2016  was  approximately 
27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$62,000  and  $117,000,  respectively.  Intangible  assets  with  definite  useful  lives  are  also  tested  for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be 
recoverable. 

Accrued  Closure  Costs  and  Asset  Retirement  Obligations  (“ARO”).  Accrued  closure  costs  represent  our 
estimated  environmental  liability  to  clean  up  our  facilities  as  required  by  our  permits,  in  the  event  of 
closure.  ASC  410,  “Asset  Retirement  and  Environmental  Obligations”  requires  that  the  discounted  fair 
value of a liability for an ARO be recognized in the period in which it is incurred with the associated ARO 
capitalized as part of the carrying cost of the asset.  The recognition of an ARO requires that management 
make  numerous  estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments  regarding  such  factors  as  estimated  probabilities, 
timing  of  settlements,  material  and  service  costs,  current  technology,  laws  and  regulations,  and  credit 
adjusted risk-free rate to be used.  This estimate is inflated, using an inflation rate, to the expected time at 
which the closure will occur, and then discounted back, using a credit adjusted risk free rate, to the present 
value. ARO’s are included within buildings as part of property and equipment and are depreciated over the 
estimated  useful  life  of  the  property.  In  periods  subsequent  to  initial  measurement  of  the  ARO,  the 
Company  must  recognize  period-to-period changes in  the liability  resulting  from  the  passage  of time  and 
revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original estimate of undiscounted cash flow. Increases in 
the ARO liability due to passage of time impact net income as accretion expense and are included in cost of 
goods sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Changes in the estimated future cash flows costs 
underlying the obligations (resulting from changes or expansion at the facilities) require adjustment to the 
ARO liability calculated and are capitalized and charged as depreciation expense, in accordance with our 
depreciation policy.  

Accrued Environmental Liabilities. We have three remediation projects in progress (all within discontinued 
operations).    The  current  and  long-term  accrual  amounts  for  the  projects  are  our  best  estimates  based  on 
proposed or approved processes for clean-up.  The circumstances that could affect the outcome range from 
new technologies that are being developed every day to reduce our overall costs, to increased contamination 
levels  that  could  arise  as  we  complete  remediation  which  could  increase  our  costs,  neither  of  which  we 
anticipate at this time.  In addition, significant changes in regulations could adversely or favorably affect our 
costs  to  remediate  existing  sites  or  potential  future  sites,  which  cannot  be  reasonably  quantified  (See 
“Environmental Contingencies” below for further information of these liabilities).   

Disposal/Transportation Costs. We accrue for waste disposal based upon a physical count of the waste at 
each  facility  at  the  end  of  each  accounting  period.    Current  market  prices  for  transportation  and  disposal 
costs  are  applied  to  the  end  of  period  waste  inventories  to  calculate  the  disposal  accrual.    Costs  are 
calculated using current costs for disposal, but economic trends could materially affect our actual costs for 
disposal. As there are limited disposal sites available to us, a change in the number of available sites or an 
increase or decrease in demand for the existing disposal areas could significantly affect the actual disposal 
costs either positively or negatively.    

Stock-Based  Compensation.  We  account  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  ASC  718, 
“Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation.”  ASC  718  requires  all  stock-based  payments  to  employees, 
including grant of options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. We account 
for  stock-based  compensation  issued  to  consultants  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  ASC  505-50, 
“Equity-Based  Payments  to  Non-Employees.”  Measurement  of  stock-based  payment  transactions  with 
consultants, including options, is based on the fair value of whichever is more reliably measurable: (a) the 
goods or services received; or (b) the equity instrument issued.  The measurement date for the fair value of 
the  stock-based  payment  transaction  is  determined  at  the  earlier  of  performance  commitment  date  or 
performance completion date. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair-value of 
stock-based awards which requires subjective assumptions. Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of 
stock-based awards include the exercise price of the award, the expected term, the expected volatility of our 
stock over the stock-based award’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the award’s expected term, 
and the expected annual dividend yield. We account for forfeitures when they occur. 

Income Taxes.  The provision for income tax is determined in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.”  
We are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We record 
28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
this  amount  as  a  provision  or  benefit  for  taxes.  This  process  involves  estimating  our  actual  current  tax 
exposure,  including  assessing  the  risks  associated  with  tax  audits,  and  assessing  temporary  differences 
resulting  from  different  treatment  of  items  for  tax  and  accounting  purposes.  These  differences  result  in 
deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  We  assess  the  likelihood  that  our  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  recovered 
from future taxable income and, to the extent that we believe recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation 
allowance.  

On  December  22,  2017,  the  Tax  Act  was  signed  into  law  making  significant  changes  to  the  Internal 
Revenue Code.  Changes include, but are not limited to, a federal corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 
21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S international taxation from a 
worldwide  tax  system  to  a  territorial  system,  the  elimination  of  AMT  for  corporations  and  a  one-time 
transition  tax  on  the  mandatory  deemed  repatriation  of  foreign  earnings.  As  of  December  31,  2017,  the 
Company  has  estimated  its  provision  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with  the  Tax  Act  and  guidance 
available  resulting  in  the  recognition  of  approximately  $1,695,000  of  income  tax  benefits  in  the  fourth 
quarter of 2017, the period in which the legislation was enacted. The tax benefits of $1,695,000 consist of 
$916,000 related to the required re-measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities, based on the rates at 
which they are expected to reverse in the future and $779,000 related to the reversal of valuation allowance 
and refunding of AMT credit carryforwards.  

As of December 31, 2017, we had net deferred tax assets of approximately $10,259,000 (which excludes a 
deferred tax liability relating to goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets) which were primarily related 
to federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, impairment charges, and closure costs. As of 
December 31, 2017, we concluded that it was more likely than not that $10,259,000 of our deferred income 
tax assets would not be realized, and as such, a full valuation allowance was applied against those deferred 
income tax assets. Our net operating losses are subject to audit by the Internal Revenue Services, and, as a 
result, the amounts could be reduced.     

Known Trends and Uncertainties  
Economic  Conditions.  Our  business  continues  to  be  heavily  dependent  on  services  that  we  provide  to 
governmental clients (including the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) and U.S. Department of Defense 
(“DOD”)) directly as the prime contractor or indirectly for others as a subcontractor.  We believe demand 
for our services will continue to be subject to fluctuations due to a variety of factors beyond our control, 
including the current economic conditions, the large budget deficit that the government is facing, and the 
manner in which the government will be required to spend funding to remediate federal sites. In addition, 
our governmental contracts and subcontracts relating to activities at governmental sites are generally subject 
to termination or renegotiation on 30 days notice at the government’s option. Significant reductions in the 
level of governmental funding or specifically mandated levels for different programs that are important to 
our business could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial position, results of operations 
and cash flows.   

Significant Customers. Our Treatment and Services Segments have significant relationships with the federal 
government, and continue to enter into contracts, directly as the prime contractor or indirectly for others as a 
subcontractor, with the federal government. The contracts that we are a party to with the federal government 
or  with  others  as  a  subcontractor  to  the  federal  government  generally  provide  that  the  government  may 
terminate  or  renegotiate  the  contracts  on  30  days  notice,  at  the  government's  election.    Our  inability  to 
continue  under  existing  contracts  that  we  have  with  the  federal  government  (directly  or  indirectly  as  a 
subcontractor) could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.  
We performed services relating to waste generated by the federal government representing approximately 
$36,654,000 or 73.6% of our total revenue during 2017, as compared to $27,354,000 or 53.4% of our total 
revenue during 2016. 

Revenue generated by one of the customers (PSC Metal, Inc.) (non-government related and excluded from 
above)  in  the  Services  Segment  accounted  for  approximately  $9,763,000  or  19.1%  of  the  total  revenues 
generated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016.  Project work for this customer commenced in 
March 2016 and was completed in December 2016.  

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As our revenues are event/project based where the completion of one contract with a specific customer may 
be replaced by another contract with a different customer from year to year, we do not believe the loss of one 
specific customer from one year to the next will generally have a material adverse effect on our operations 
and financial condition. 

Environmental Contingencies 
We  are  engaged  in  the  waste  management  services  segment  of  the  pollution  control  industry.    As  a 
participant  in  the  on-site  treatment,  storage  and  disposal  market  and  the  off-site  treatment  and  services 
market,  we  are  subject  to  rigorous  federal,  state  and  local  regulations.    These  regulations  mandate  strict 
compliance and therefore are a cost and concern to us. Because of their integral role in providing quality 
environmental  services,  we  make  every  reasonable  attempt  to  maintain  complete  compliance  with  these 
regulations; however, even with a diligent commitment, we, along with many of our competitors, may be 
required to pay fines for violations or investigate and potentially remediate our waste management facilities. 
We routinely use third party disposal companies, who ultimately destroy or secure landfill residual materials 
generated  at  our  facilities  or  at  a  client's  site.  In  the  past,  numerous  third  party  disposal  sites  have 
improperly  managed  waste  and  consequently  require  remedial  action;  consequently,  any  party  utilizing 
these  sites  may  be  liable  for  some  or  all  of  the  remedial  costs.    Despite  our  aggressive  compliance  and 
auditing  procedures  for  disposal  of  wastes,  we  could  further  be  notified,  in  the  future,  that  we  are  a 
potentially responsible party (“PRP”) at a remedial action site, which could have a material adverse effect. 

We  have  three  remediation  projects,  which  are  currently  in  progress  at  our  Perma-Fix  of  Dayton,  Inc. 
(“PFD”), Perma-Fix of Memphis, Inc. (“PFM” – closed location), and PFSG (in closure status) subsidiaries. 
The  Company  divested  PFD  in  2008;  however,  the  environmental  liability  of  PFD  was  retained  by  the 
Company  upon 
the 
removal/remediation of contaminated soil and, in most cases, the remediation of surrounding ground water.  
The remediation activities are closely reviewed and monitored by the applicable state regulators. While no 
assurances can be made that we will be able to do so, we expect to fund the expenses to remediate these 
sites from funds generated internally.   

remediation  projects  principally  entail 

the  divestiture  of  PFD.  These 

At  December  31, 2017,  we  had  total accrued  environmental remediation  liabilities  of  $871,000,  of  which 
$632,000 are recorded as a current liability, a decrease of $54,000 from the December 31, 2016 balance of 
$925,000.  The  net  decrease  of  $54,000  represents  payments  on  remediation  projects  at  PFSG  and  PFD 
totaling approximately of $79,000 and an increase to the reserve of approximately $25,000 at PFD due to 
reassessment of the remediation reserve. 

Related Party Transactions 
David Centofanti 
David  Centofanti  serves  as  our  Vice  President  of  Information  Systems.    For  such  position,  he  received 
annual compensation of $168,000 for each of the years 2017 and 2016. David Centofanti is the son of Dr. 
Louis  Centofanti,  our  EVP  of  Strategic  Initiatives  and  a  Board  member.  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti  previously 
held the position of President and CEO until September 8, 2017. We believe the compensation received by 
David  Centofanti  for  his  technical  expertise  which  he  provides  to  us  is  competitive  and  comparable  to 
compensation we would have to pay to an unaffiliated third party with the same technical expertise.  

Robert L. Ferguson 
Robert L. Ferguson serves as an advisor to our Board and is also a member of the Supervisory Board of PF 
Medical, our majority-owned Polish subsidiary. Robert Ferguson previously served as our Board member 
from  June  2007  to  February  2010  and  again  from  August  2011  to  September  2012.  We  previously 
completed a lending transaction with Robert Ferguson and William Lampson in August 2013 (collectively, 
the “Lenders”) whereby we borrowed from the Lenders $3,000,000 which was paid in full by us in August 
2016.  Robert Ferguson is also a consultant to us in connection with our Test Bed Initiative (“TBI”) at our 
PFNWR  facility.  As  an  advisor  to  our  Board,  Robert  Ferguson  is  paid  $4,000  monthly  plus  reasonable 
expenses.    For  such  services,  Robert  Ferguson  received  compensation  of  approximately  $51,000  and 
$59,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  For Robert Ferguson’s consulting 
work in connection with the Company’s TBI, on July 27, 2017 (“grant date”), we granted Robert   Ferguson 
a stock option from the Company’s 2017 Plan for the purchase of up to 100,000 shares of the Company’s 
30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.65 a share, which was the fair market value of our Common Stock 
on the date of grant (“Ferguson Stock Option”). The vesting of the Ferguson Stock Option is subject to the 
achievement of the following milestones (“waste” as noted below is defined as liquid LAW (“low activity 
waste”) and/or liquid TRU (“transuranic waste”)): 

•  Upon treatment and disposal of three gallons of waste at the PFNWR facility by January 27, 2018, 

10,000 shares of the Ferguson Stock Option shall become exercisable; 

•  Upon treatment and disposal of 2,000 gallons of waste at the PFNWR facility by January 27, 2019, 

30,000 shares of the Ferguson Stock Option shall become exercisable; and 

•  Upon treatment and disposal of 50,000 gallons of waste at the PFNWR facility and assistance, on 
terms satisfactory to us, in preparing certain justifications of cost and pricing data for the waste and 
obtaining a long-term commercial contract relating to the treatment, storage and disposal of waste 
by January 27, 2021, 60,000 shares of the Ferguson Stock Option shall become exercisable. 

The term  of  the  Ferguson Stock  Option is  seven  (7) years  from  the  grant  date. Each  of  the  milestones  is 
exclusive of each other; therefore, achievement of any of the milestones above by Robert Ferguson by the 
designated date will provide Robert Ferguson the right to exercise the number of options in accordance with 
the milestone attained. The 10,000 options as noted above become vested by Robert Ferguson on December 
19, 2017.  The fair value of the 10,000 options was determined to be approximately $20,000. 

John Climaco 
John  Climaco,  who  had  been  a  Board  member  since  October  2013,  did  not  stand  for  reelection  at  the 
Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on July 27, 2017.  In addition to his previous service 
as a Board member, John Climaco also served as EVP of PF Medical, a majority-owned Polish subsidiary 
of the Company, from June 2, 2015 to June 30, 2017. As EVP of PF Medical, John Climaco received an 
annual  salary  of  $150,000  and  was  not  eligible  to  receive  compensation  for  serving  on  the  Company’s 
Board.  PF Medical had entered into a multi-year supplier agreement and stock subscription agreement in 
July 2015 with Digirad Corporation, where John Climaco serves as a board member.  

Employment Agreements 
We  entered  into  employment  agreements  with  each  of  Mark  Duff  (President  and  CEO),  Ben  Naccarato 
(Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”)),  and  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti,  (EVP  of  Strategic  Initiatives),  with  each 
employment dated September 8, 2017. Each of the employment agreements is effective for three years from 
September 8, 2017 (the “Initial Term”) unless earlier terminated by us or by the executive officer. At the 
end of the Initial Term of each employment agreement, each employment agreement will automatically be 
extended for one additional year, unless at least six months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, we or 
the  executive  officer  provides  written  notice  not to  extend the terms  of  the employment  agreement.  Each 
employment  agreement  provides  for  annual  base  salaries,  performance  bonuses  (as  provided  in  the  
Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) as approved by our Board, and other benefits commonly found in such 
agreements.    In  addition,  each  employment  agreement  provides  that  in  the  event  the  executive  officer 
terminates his employment for “good reason” (as defined in the agreements) or is terminated by us without 
cause (including the executive officer terminating his employment for “good reason” or is terminated by us 
without cause within 24 months after a Change in Control (as defined in the agreement)), we will pay the 
executive officer the following: (a) a sum equal to any unpaid base salary; (b) accrued unused vacation time 
and any employee benefits accrued as of termination but not yet been paid (“Accrued Amounts”); (c) two 
years of full base salary; (d) performance compensation under the MIP earned with respect to the fiscal year 
immediately preceding the date of termination; and (e) an additional year of performance compensation as 
provided under the MIP earned, if not already paid, with respect to the fiscal year immediately preceding the 
date of termination. If the executive terminates his employment for a reason other than for good reason, we 
will  pay  to  the  executive  the  amount  equal  to  the  Accrued  Amounts  plus  any  performance  compensation 
payable pursuant to the MIP.   

If  there  is  a  Change  in  Control  (as  defined  in  the  agreements),  all  outstanding  stock  options  to  purchase 
common stock held by the executive officer will immediately become exercisable in full commencing on 
31 

 
 
 
 
the date of termination through the original term of the options. In the event of the death of an executive 
officer,  all  outstanding  stock  options  to  purchase  common  stock  held  by  the  executive  officer  will 
immediately become exercisable in full commencing on the date of death, with such options exercisable for 
the lesser of the original option term or twelve months from the date of the executive officer’s death. In the 
event of an executive officer terminating his employment for “good reason” or is terminated by us without 
cause,  all  outstanding  stock  options  to  purchase  common  stock  held  by  the  executive  officer  will 
immediately  become  exercisable  in  full  commencing  on  the  date  of  termination,  with  such  options 
exercisable for the lesser of the original option term or within 60 days from the date of the executive’s date 
of termination.  

We  had  previously  entered  into  an  employment  agreement  with  each  of  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti  and  Ben 
Naccarato  on  July  10,  2014  which  both  employment  agreements  are  due  to  expire  on  July  10,  2018,  as 
amended  (the  “July  10,  2014  Employment  Agreements”).  We  also  had  previously  entered  into  an 
employment agreement dated January 19, 2017 (which was effective June 11, 2016) with Mark Duff which 
is  due  to  expire  on  June  11,  2019  (the  “January  19,  2017  Employment  Agreement”).  The  July  10,  2014 
Employment  Agreements  and  the  January  19,  2017  Employment  Agreement  were  terminated  effective 
September 8, 2017.   

MIPs 
On January 19, 2017, our Board and the Compensation and Stock Option Committee (the “Compensation 
Committee”) approved individual MIP for each Mark Duff, Ben Naccarato, and Dr. Louis Centofanti. Each 
of the MIPs is effective January 1, 2017 and applicable for year the year ended December 31, 2017. Each 
MIP  provides  guidelines  for  the  calculation  of  annual  cash  incentive  based  compensation,  subject  to 
Compensation  Committee  oversight  and  modification.  Each  MIP  awards  cash  compensation  based  on 
achievement of performance thresholds, with the amount of such compensation established as a percentage 
of the executive’s 2017 annual base salary on the approval date of the MIP. The potential target performance 
compensation ranges approved was from 5% to 100% ($13,962 to $279,248) of the base salary for Dr. Louis 
Centofanti, EVP of Strategic Initiatives effective September 8, 2017 and previously the CEO and President; 
5%  to  100%  ($13,350  to  $267,000)  of  the  base  salary  for  Mark  Duff,  CEO  and  President  effective 
September 8, 2017 and previously the EVP/COO;  and 5% to 100% ($11,033 to $220,667) of the base salary 
for  Ben  Naccarato,  CFO.  Pursuant  to  the  MIPs,  the  Compensation  Committee  had  the  right  to  modify, 
change or terminate the MIPs at any time and for any reason. No performance compensation was earned or 
payable under each of the 2017 MIPs as discussed above. 

On  January  18,  2018,  the  Board  and  Compensation  Committee  approved  individual  MIP  for  each  Mark 
Duff, CEO and President, Ben Naccarato, CFO, and Dr. Louis Centofanti, EVP of Strategic Initiatives. The 
MIPs are effective January 1, 2018 and applicable for year ended December 31, 2018. Each MIP provides 
guidelines  for  the  calculation  of  annual  cash  incentive  based  compensation,  subject  to  Compensation 
Committee  oversight  and  modification.  Each  MIP  awards  cash  compensation  based  on  achievement  of 
performance  thresholds,  with  the  amount  of  such  compensation  established  as  a  percentage  of  the 
executive’s  2018  annual  base  salary  on  the  approval  date  of  the  MIP.  The  potential  target  performance 
compensation ranges from 5% to 100% ($13,350 to $267,000) of the base salary for the CEO and President; 
5% to 100% ($11,475 to $229,494) of the base salary for the CFO; and 5% to 100% ($11,170 to $223,400) 
of the base salary for the EVP of Strategic Initiatives. Pursuant to the MIPs, the Compensation Committee 
has the right to modify, change or terminate the MIPs at any time and for any reason. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Not required under Regulation S-K for smaller reporting companies. 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Forward-looking Statements 
Certain  statements  contained  within  this  report  may  be  deemed  "forward-looking  statements"  within  the 
meaning  of  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  and  Section  21E  of  the  Securities 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (collectively, the "Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995"). 
All statements in this report other than a statement of historical fact are forward-looking statements that are 
subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which could cause actual results and 
performance  of  the  Company  to  differ  materially  from  such  statements.    The  words  "believe,"  "expect," 
"anticipate," "intend," "will," and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking 
statements contained herein relate to, among other things, 

• demand for our services;
• continue to focus on expansion into both commercial and international markets to increase revenues;
• reductions in the level of government funding in future years;
• R&D activity of our Medical Segment;
• reducing operating costs;
• expect to meet our quarterly financial covenant requirements in the next twelve months;
• cash flow requirements;
• government funding for our services;
• may not have liquidity to repay debt if our lender accelerates payment of our borrowings;
• our  cash  flows  from  operations  and  our  available  liquidity  from  our  credit  facility  are  sufficient  to 

service our operations;

• manner in which the government will be required to spend funding to remediate federal sites;
• audit by the Internal Revenue Services of our net operating losses;
• funding operations;
• fund capital expenditures from cash from operations and/or financing;
• fund remediation expenditures for sites from funds generated internally;
• compliance with environmental regulations;
• future environmental policies affecting operations;
• potential effect of being a PRP;
• subject to fines and civil penalties in connection with violations of regulatory requirements;
• large business are more willing to team with small businesses;
• permit and license requirements represent a potential barrier to entry for possible competitors;
• process backlog during periods of low waste receipts, which historically has been in the first and fourth 

quarters;

• potential sites for violations of environmental laws and remediation of our facilities;
• partial release of finite risk sinking funds by AIG in 2018 as result of M&EC closure;
• closure of M&EC and elimination of certain fixed costs;
• effect of new Tax Act;
• continuation of contracts;
• loss of contracts;
• necessary capital for Medical Segment;
• continuation of a large nuclear services project until approximately June 2018;
• reduction in certain operating costs resulting from pending shut down of M&EC facility; and
• disposal of our waste. 

While the Company believes the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, 
it can give no assurance such expectations will prove to have been correct.  There are a variety of factors, 
which could cause future outcomes to differ materially from those described in this report, including, but 
not limited to: 

•
•
•
•
•
•

general economic conditions;
material reduction in revenues;
inability to meet PNC covenant requirements;
inability to collect in a timely manner a material amount of receivables;
increased competitive pressures;
inability to maintain and obtain required permits and approvals to conduct operations;

33

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

  public not accepting our new technology; 
   inability to develop new and existing technologies in the conduct of operations; 
inability to maintain and obtain closure and operating insurance requirements; 
inability to retain or renew certain required permits; 

  discovery  of  additional  contamination  or  expanded  contamination  at  any  of  the  sites  or  facilities 
leased or owned by us or our subsidiaries which would result in a material increase in remediation 
expenditures; 

  delays at our third party disposal site can extend collection of our receivables greater than twelve 

months; 

  refusal of third party disposal sites to accept our waste; 
  changes  in  federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations,  especially  environmental  laws  and 

regulations, or in interpretation of such; 

  requirements  to  obtain  permits  for  TSD  activities  or  licensing  requirements  to  handle  low  level 

radioactive materials are limited or lessened; 

  potential increases in equipment, maintenance, operating or labor costs; 
  management retention and development; 
  financial valuation of intangible assets is substantially more/less than expected; 

the requirement to use internally generated funds for purposes not presently anticipated; 
inability to continue to be profitable on an annualized basis; 
inability of the Company to maintain the listing of its Common Stock on the NASDAQ; 
terminations  of  contracts  with  federal  agencies  or  subcontracts  involving  federal  agencies,  or 
reduction in amount of waste delivered to the Company under the contracts or subcontracts;  

  renegotiation of contracts involving the federal government; 
  federal  government’s  inability  or  failure  to  provide  necessary  funding  to  remediate  contaminated 

federal sites; 

  disposal expense accrual could prove to be inadequate in the event the waste requires re-treatment;  

inability to raise capital on commercially reasonable terms; 
inability to increase profitable revenue;  
lender refuses to waive non-compliance or revises our covenant so that we are in compliance; and 

  Risk factors contained in Item 1A of this report. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended 
   December 31, 2017 and 2016 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the 
   years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended 
   December 31, 2017 and 2016  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years 
   ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page No. 

36 

37 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

Financial Statement Schedules 
In accordance with the rules of Regulation S-X, schedules are not submitted because they are not applicable 
to or required by the Company. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  REGISTERED  PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM  

Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Perma-Fix Environmental Services Inc. 

Opinion on the financial statements  
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. (a 
Delaware  corporation)  and  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  the  related 
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of 
the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
“financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its 
cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Basis for opinion  
These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to 
express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting 
firm  registered  with the  Public  Company  Accounting Oversight  Board (United  States)  (“PCAOB”) and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws 
and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we 
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  The  Company  is  not  required  to  have,  nor  were  we 
engaged  to  perform,  an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  As  part  of  our  audits  we  are 
required  to  obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  but  not  for  the  purpose  of 
expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting. 
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial 
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such 
procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/GRANT THORNTON LLP  

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.  

Atlanta, Georgia 
March 16, 2018 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
As of December 31, 

(Amounts in Thousands, Except for Share and Per Share Amounts)

2017

2016

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful

accounts of $720 and $272, respectively

Unbilled receivables - current
Inventories
Prepaid and other assets
Current assets related to discontinued operations

Total current assets

Property and equipment:
Buildings and land
Equipment
Vehicles
Leasehold improvements
Office furniture and equipment
Construction-in-progress

Less accumulated depreciation 
Net property and equipment

Property and equipment related to discontinued operations

Intangibles and other long term assets:

Permits
Other intangible assets - net
Accounts receivable - non-current
Unbilled receivables - non-current
Finite risk sinking fund
Other assets
Other assets related to discontinued operations

Total assets

$              

1,063

$                 

163

7,940
4,547
393
3,281
89
17,313

23,806
33,182
393
11,549
1,670
653
71,253
(56,383)
14,870

81

8,705
2,926
370
2,358
85
14,607

22,544
33,454
409
11,626
1,738
667
70,438
(53,323)
17,115

81

8,419
1,487

184
15,676
1,313
195
59,538

$            

8,474
1,721
212
216
21,487
1,154
268
65,335

$            

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

37 

 
 
 
                
                
                
                
                   
                   
                
                
                     
                     
              
              
              
              
                     
                     
                
                
                
                
                   
                   
                   
              
              
                
                
                   
                   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS, CONTINUED 
As of December 31, 

(Amounts in Thousands, Except for Share and per Share Amounts)

2017

2016

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Disposal/transportation accrual
Deferred revenue
Accrued closure costs - current
Current portion of long-term debt 
Current liabilities related to discontinued operations

Total current liabilities

Accrued closure costs
Other long-term liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Long-term debt, less current portion 
Long-term liabilities related to discontinued operations

Total long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)

$            

3,537
4,782
2,071
4,311
2,791
1,184
905
19,581

$            

4,244
4,094
1,390
2,691
2,177
1,184
958
16,738

5,604
1,191
1,694
2,663
359
11,511

31,092

5,138
931
2,362
7,649
361
16,441

33,179

Series B Preferred Stock of subsidiary, $1.00 par value; 1,467,396 shares 
   authorized, 1,284,730 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation                       
   value $1.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends of $995
   and $931, respectively (Note 7)

Stockholders' Equity:

Preferred Stock, $.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized,

no shares issued and outstanding

 Common Stock, $.001 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized;

11,738,623 and 11,677,025 shares issued, respectively; 
11,730,981 and 11,669,383 shares outstanding, respectively

Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Less Common Stock in treasury, at cost; 7,642 shares

Total Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. stockholders' equity

Non-controlling interest

Total stockholders' equity

1,285

1,285





12
106,417
(77,893)
(112)
(88)
28,336
(1,175)
27,161

11
106,048
(74,213)
(162)
(88)
31,596
(725)
30,871

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$          

59,538

$          

65,335

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

38 

 
 
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
                 
                 
            
            
              
              
              
                 
              
              
              
              
                 
                 
            
            
            
            
              
              
                   
                   
          
          
           
           
                
                
                  
                  
            
            
             
                
            
            
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
For the years ended December 31, 

(Amounts in Thousands, Except for Per Share Amounts)

2017

2016

Net revenues
Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Research and development
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
Impairment loss on tangible assets
Impairment loss on intangible assets

Loss from operations

Other income (expense):
Interest income
Interest expense
Interest expense-financing fees
Other
Loss from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax benefit
Loss from continuing operations, net of taxes

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes of $0 

Net loss

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

Net loss attributable to Perma-Fix Environmental 

Services, Inc. common stockholders

Net loss per common share attributable to Perma-Fix

Environmental Services, Inc. stockholders - basic and diluted:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net loss per common share

Number of common shares used in computing

net loss per share:

Basic
Diluted

$

$

49,769
41,149
8,620

11,101
1,595
(12)
672


(4,736)

140
(315)
(35)
123
(4,823)
(1,285)
(3,538)

(592)
(4,130)

(450)

51,219
44,135
7,084

10,724
2,046
2
1,816
8,288
(15,792)

110
(489)
(108)
22
(16,257)
(2,994)
(13,263)

(730)
(13,993)

(588)

$

$

$

(3,680)

$

(13,405)

(.26) $
(.05)
(.31) $

(1.09)
(.06)
(1.15)

11,706
11,706

11,608
11,608

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

39 

 
 
 
 
           
           
           
           
             
             
           
           
             
             
                 
                    
                
             
             
            
          
                
                
               
               
                 
               
                
                  
            
          
            
            
            
          
               
               
            
          
               
               
            
          
              
           
           
           
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

For the years ended December 31, 

(Amounts in Thousands)

2017

2016

Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive loss
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling

interest

Comprehensive loss attributable to Perma-Fix 

Environmental Services, Inc. common stockholders

$

(4,130)

$

(13,993)

50
50

(45)
(45)

(4,080)

(14,038)

(450)

(588)

$

(3,630)

$

(13,450)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

40 

 
 
 
 
           
         
                 
                
                 
                
           
         
              
              
           
         
 
Balance at December 31, 2015

11,551,232 $

$

105,556

$

(88)

$

(117)

$

PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
For the years ended December 31, 
(Amounts in Thousands, Except for Share Amounts) 

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital

Common 
Stock Held 
In Treasury

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss 

Non-controlling 
Interest in 
Subsidiary

Accumulated 
Deficit 

Total 
Stockholders' 
Equity





70,000

55,793



11,677,025 $

11










11

 $

 $



61,598



11,738,623 $



1


12





156

238

98
106,048

$

$

 $



225

144
106,417

$

$










(88)

$

 $






(88)

$



(45)






(162)

$

 $

50



(137)

$

(588)

(60,808)

$

(13,405)








(725)

$

(450)

$












(74,213)

(3,680)

$

$






(112)

$


(1,175)

$


(77,893)

$

44,417

(13,993)

(45)

156

238

98
30,871

(4,130)

50

226

144
27,161

Net loss

Foreign currency translation

Issuance of Common Stock upon

    exercise of Warrants

Issuance of Common Stock for 

     services

Stock-Based Compensation
Balance at December 31, 2016

Net loss

Foreign currency translation

Issuance of Common Stock for 

     services

Stock-Based Compensation
Balance at December 31, 2017

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

41 

 
 
 
        
     
             
                     
                
           
              
                
           
             
                       
                    
            
                   
            
                   
              
                     
        
     
             
                     
                
           
              
                
             
               
                        
                     
          
            
                   
            
                   
        
     
             
                     
             
           
              
                                                                              
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the years ended December 31,  

(Amounts in Thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
Less: loss on discontinued operations, net of taxes of $0 (Note 8)

Loss from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of debt issuance/discount costs
Deferred tax benefit
Provision for (recovery of) bad debt reserves
(Gain ) loss on disposal of property and equipment
Impairment loss on tangible assets
Impairment loss on intangible assets
Issuance of common stock for services 
Stock-based compensation
Changes in operating assets and liabilities of continuing operations:
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable
Unbilled receivables
Prepaid expenses, inventories and other assets
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and unearned revenue

Cash provided by continuing operations
Cash used in discontinued operations 

Cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Proceeds from /(payment to) finite risk sinking fund

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities of continuing operations
Cash provided by investing activities of discontinued operations

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities         

Cash flows from financing activities:

Borrowing on revolving credit
Repayments of revolving credit borrowings
Principal repayments of long term debt
Principal repayments of long term debt - related party
Payment of debt issuance costs
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants
Release of proceeds for stock subscription for Perma-Fix Medical S.A. previously held in escrow

Cash used in financing activities of continuing operations

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Increase (decrease) in cash
Cash at beginning of period
Cash at end of period

Supplemental disclosure:
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Equipment purchase subject to capital lease

2017

2016

$          

(4,130)
(592)

$        

(13,993)
(730)

(3,538)

(13,263)

3,803
36
(668)
462
(12)
672
──
225
144

──
515
(1,589)
(54)
1,093
1,089
(647)
442

(439)
30
5,811
5,402
69
5,471

45,163
(48,966)
(1,219)
──
──
──
──
(5,022)

4,165
173
(3,062)
(314)
2
1,816
8,288
238
98

35
1,070
2,134
2,870
(3,187)
1,063
(959)
104

(436)
44
(107)
(499)
84
(415)

57,976
(56,522)
(1,508)
(1,000)
(122)
156
64
(956)

9

(5)

900
163
1,063

$           

(1,272)
1,435
163

$              

$              

318
58

$              

424
41

196

──

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

42 

 
 
               
               
            
          
             
               
            
            
            
               
                
                  
            
               
                    
                   
                
            
                
             
                  
                  
                
 
 
PERMA-FIX ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, INC. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2017 and 2016 

NOTE 1 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION 

Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.    (the  Company,  which  may  be  referred  to  as  we,  us,  or  our),  an 
environmental  and  technology  know-how  company,  is  a  Delaware  corporation,  engaged  through  its 
subsidiaries, in three reportable segments: 

TREATMENT SEGMENT, which includes: 

- 

- 

nuclear,  low-level  radioactive,  mixed  waste  (containing  both  hazardous  and  low-level  radioactive 
constituents),  hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste  treatment,  processing  and  disposal  services 
primarily through three uniquely licensed and permitted treatment and storage facilities; and  
research and development (“R&D”) activities to identify, develop and implement innovative waste 
processing techniques for problematic waste streams. 

SERVICES SEGMENT, which includes: 
-  Technical services, which include: 

o  professional radiological measurement and site survey of large government and commercial 

o 

installations using advanced methods, technology and engineering; 
integrated  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  services  including  industrial  hygiene  (“IH”) 
assessments;  hazardous  materials  surveys,  e.g.,  exposure  monitoring;  lead  and  asbestos 
management/abatement oversight; indoor air quality evaluations; health risk and exposure 
assessments; health & safety plan/program development, compliance auditing and training 
services; and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) citation assistance; 
o  global  technical  services  providing  consulting,  engineering,  project  management,  waste 
management,  environmental,  and  decontamination  and  decommissioning  field,  technical, 
and management personnel and services to commercial and government customers; and 

o  on-site waste management services to commercial and governmental customers. 

-  Nuclear services, which include: 

o 

o 

technology-based  services  including  engineering,  decontamination  and  decommissioning 
(“D&D”),  specialty  services  and  construction,  logistics,  transportation,  processing  and 
disposal; 
remediation of nuclear licensed and federal facilities and the remediation cleanup of nuclear 
legacy  sites.  Such  services  capability 
includes:  project  investigation;  radiological 
engineering; partial and total plant D&D; facility decontamination, dismantling, demolition, 
and planning; site restoration; logistics; transportation; and emergency response; and 

-  A  company  owned  equipment  calibration  and  maintenance  laboratory  that  services,  maintains, 
calibrates, and sources (i.e., rental) health physics, IH and customized nuclear, environmental, and 
occupational safety and health (“NEOSH”) instrumentation. 

MEDICAL SEGMENT, which includes:  R&D of the Company’s  medical isotope production technology 
by our majority-owned Polish subsidiary, Perma-Fix Medical S.A. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Perma-
Fix Medical Corporation (“PFM Corporation”) (together known as “PF Medical” or the Medical Segment). 
The Company’s Medical Segment has not generated any revenue as it continues to be primarily in the R&D 
stage.  All  costs  incurred  by  the  Medical  Segment  are  reflected  within  R&D  in  the  accompanying 
consolidated  financial  statements  (see  “Financial  Position  and  Liquidity”  below  for  further  discussion  of 
Medical Segment’s significant curtailment of its R&D activities during the latter part of 2016). 

The Company’s continuing operations consist of Diversified Scientific Services, Inc. (“DSSI”), Perma-Fix 
of Florida, Inc. (“PFF”), Perma-Fix of Northwest Richland, Inc. (“PFNWR”), East Tennessee Materials & 
Energy  Corporation  (“M&EC”)  (see  “Note  3  –  M&EC  Facility”  regarding  the  pending  closure  of  this 
facility by June 30, 2018), Safety & Ecology Corporation (“SEC”), Perma-Fix Environmental Services UK 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Limited (“PF UK Limited”), Perma-Fix of Canada, Inc. (“PF Canada”), and PF Medical (a majority-owned 
Polish subsidiary).  

The  Company’s  discontinued  operations  (see  Note  8)  consist  of  all  our  subsidiaries  included  in  our 
Industrial Segment which were divested in 2011 and prior, previously closed locations, and our Perma-Fix 
of South Georgia, Inc. (“PFSG”) facility which is non-operational and is in closure status.     

Financial Position and Liquidity 
The  Company’s  cash  flow  requirements  during  2017  were  primarily  financed  by  our  operations,  credit 
facility availability, and the restricted finite risk sinking funds that were released back to us in May 2017 
from  the  cancellation  of  a  previous  financial  assurance  policy  issued  by  American  International  Group 
(“AIG”)  for  our  PFNWR  subsidiary  (see  “Note  13  –  Commitments  and  Contingencies  -  Insurance”  for 
further  information  of  the  finite  sinking  funds  and  the  replacement  closure  mechanism  acquired  for  the 
PFNWR subsidiary). 

The Company’s cash flow requirements for 2018 and into the first quarter of 2019 will consist primarily of 
general working capital needs, scheduled principal payments on our debt obligations, remediation projects,   
planned  capital  expenditures  and  closure  spending  requirements  in  connection  with  the  closure  of  our 
M&EC  facility  (“M&EC  closure”)  (see  “Note  3  –  M&EC  facility”  for  further  discussion  of  the  pending 
M&EC closure) which we plan to fund from operations and our credit facility availability. The Company 
continues  to  explore  all  sources  of  increasing  revenue.  The  Company  is  continually  reviewing  operating 
costs and is committed to further reducing operating costs to bring them in line with revenue levels, when 
necessary. 

As previously disclosed, during the latter part of 2016, the Company’s Medical Segment reduced its R&D 
activities substantially due to the need for capital to fund such activities. The Company anticipates that the 
Medical Segment will not resume full R&D activities until the necessary capital is obtained through its own 
credit facility or additional equity raise. Our Medical Segment continues to seek various sources in order to 
raise  this  funding.  If  the  Medical  Segment  is  unable  to  raise  the  necessary  capital,  the  Medical  Segment 
could be required to further reduce, delay or eliminate its R&D program. 

NOTE 2 
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Principles of Consolidation 
Our consolidated financial statements include our accounts, those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, and our 
majority-owned  Polish  subsidiary,  PF  Medical,  after  elimination  of  all  significant  intercompany  accounts 
and transactions.  

Use of Estimates 
When  the  Company  prepares  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  standards  generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States of  America  (“US  GAAP”), the  Company  makes  estimates  and  assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at 
the date of the financial statements, as well as, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates. See Notes 8, 11, 12 and 13 for estimates 
of discontinued operations and environmental liabilities, closure costs, income taxes and contingencies for 
details on significant estimates.  

Cash 
At  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  had  cash  on  hand  of  approximately  $1,063,000,  which  included 
account balances for our foreign subsidiaries totaling approximately $305,000. At December 31, 2016, the 
Company  had  cash  on  hand  of  approximately  $163,000,  which included  account  balances  for  our  foreign 
subsidiaries totaling approximately $157,000.   

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Accounts Receivable 
Accounts receivable are customer obligations due under normal trade terms requiring payment within 30 or 
60  days  from  the  invoice  date  based  on  the  customer  type  (government,  broker,  or  commercial).    The 
carrying  amount  of  accounts  receivable  is  reduced  by  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  which  is  a 
valuation allowance that reflects management's best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected. The 
Company regularly reviews all accounts receivable balances that exceed 60 days from the invoice date and 
based on an assessment of current credit worthiness, estimates the portion, if any, of the balance that will 
not  be  collected.  This  analysis  excludes  government  related  receivables  due  to  our  past  successful 
experience in their collectability. Specific accounts that are deemed to be uncollectible are reserved at 100% 
of their outstanding balance. The remaining balances aged over 60 days have a percentage applied by aging 
category, based on historical experience that allows us to calculate the total allowance required. Once the 
Company  has  exhausted  all  options  in  the  collection  of  a  delinquent  accounts  receivable  balance,  which 
includes collection letters, demands for payment, collection agencies and attorneys, the account is deemed 
uncollectible  and  subsequently  written  off.  The  write  off  process  involves  approvals  from  senior 
management based on required approval thresholds. 

The  following  table  set  forth  the  activity  in  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands): 

Allowance for doubtful accounts - beginning of year
Provision for (recovery of) bad debt reserve
Write-off
Allowance for doubtful accounts - end of year

$

$

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

272
462
(14)
720

$

$

1,474
(314)
(888)
272

Unbilled Receivables 
Unbilled  receivables  are  generated  by  differences  between  invoicing  timing  and  our  proportional 
performance based methodology used for revenue recognition purposes.  As major processing and contract 
completion  phases  are  completed  and  the  costs  are  incurred,  the  Company  recognizes  the  corresponding 
percentage  of  revenue.  Within  our  Treatment  Segment,  the  facilities  experience  delays  in  processing 
invoices due to the complexity of the documentation that is required for invoicing, as well as the difference 
between  completion  of revenue recognition  milestones  and  agreed  upon invoicing  terms,  which results in 
unbilled  receivables.  The  timing  differences  occur  for  several  reasons:    partially  from  delays  in  the  final 
processing of all wastes associated with certain work orders and partially from delays for analytical testing 
that is required after the facilities have processed waste but prior to our release of waste for disposal. The 
tasks relating to these delays usually take several months to complete. As the Company now has historical 
data to review the timing of these delays, the Company realizes that certain issues, including, but not limited 
to,  delays  at  our  third  party  disposal  site,  can  extend  collection  of  some  of  these  receivables  greater than 
twelve months. However, our historical experience suggests that a significant portion of unbilled receivables 
are  ultimately  collectible  with  minimal  concession  on  our  part.  The  Company,  therefore,  segregates  the 
unbilled receivables between current and long-term.   

Unbilled  receivables  within  our  Services  Segment  can  result from:  (1)  revenue recognized  by  our  Earned 
Value  Management  program  (a  program  which  integrates  project  scope,  schedule,  and  cost  to  provide  an 
objective  measure  of  project  progress)  but  invoice  milestones  have  not  yet  been  met  and/or  (2)  contract 
claims and pending change orders, including Requests for Equitable Adjustments (“REAs”) when work has 
been performed and collection of revenue is reasonably assured.   

Inventories 
Inventories  consist  of  treatment  chemicals,  saleable  used  oils,  and  certain  supplies.    Additionally,  the 
Company has replacement parts in inventory, which are deemed critical to the operating equipment and may 
also  have  extended  lead  times  should  the  part  fail  and  need  to  be  replaced.  Inventories  are  valued  at  the 
lower of cost or market with cost determined by the first-in, first-out method. 

45 

 
 
           
        
           
          
            
          
           
           
 
 
 
 
Property and Equipment  
Property and equipment expenditures are capitalized and depreciated using the straight-line method over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets for financial statement purposes, while accelerated depreciation methods 
are  principally  used  for  income  tax  purposes.  Generally,  asset  lives  range  from  ten  to  forty  years  for 
buildings (including improvements and asset retirement costs) and three to seven years for office furniture 
and  equipment,  vehicles,  and  decontamination  and  processing  equipment.  Leasehold  improvements  are 
capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the term of the lease or the life of the asset.  Maintenance and 
repairs are charged directly to expense as incurred. The cost and accumulated depreciation of assets sold or 
retired are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss from sale or retirement is recognized 
in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.  Renewals  and  improvements,  which  extend 
the useful lives of the assets, are capitalized.  

In  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  360,  “Property,  Plant,  and  Equipment”, 
long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable. 
Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset 
to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.  If the carrying amount of 
an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which 
the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are separately 
presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to 
sell, and are no longer depreciated.  The assets and liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale 
are presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.  See “Note 3 – 
M&EC Facility” for impairment charges incurred on tangible assets resulting from the pending closure of 
the M&EC facility.  

Our depreciation expense totaled approximately $3,429,000 and $3,717,000 in 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Intangible Assets 
Intangible assets consist primarily of the recognized value of the permits required to operate our business. 
We continually monitor the propriety of the carrying amount of our permits to determine whether current 
events and circumstances warrant adjustments to the carrying value. 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are reviewed for impairment annually as of October 
1, or when events or changes in the business environment indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 
If the fair value of the asset is less than the carrying amount, we perform a quantitative test to determine the 
fair value. The impairment loss, if any, is measured as the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its 
fair value. Significant judgments are inherent in these analyses and include assumptions for, among other 
factors,  forecasted  revenue,  gross  margin,  growth  rate,  operating  income,  timing  of  expected  future  cash 
flows, and the determination of appropriate long term discount rates. 

Impairment testing of our permits related to our Treatment reporting unit as of October 1, 2017 resulted in 
no  impairment  charges  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  In  2016,  the  Company  fully  impaired  the 
permit  value  of  our  M&EC  subsidiary  resulting  from  the  pending  closure  of  the  facility  (see  “Note  3  – 
M&EC Facility” for further information of this impairment). The Company performed impairment testing 
of its remaining permits related to the Treatment reporting unit as of October 1, 2016 and determined there 
was no further impairment.  

Intangible  assets  that  have  definite  useful  lives  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the 
estimated  useful  lives  (with  the  exception  of  customer  relationships  which  are  amortized  using  an 
accelerated  method) and  are  excluded from  our  annual  intangible  asset  valuation  review  as  of  October  1. 
The  Company  has  one  definite-lived  permit  which  was  excluded  from  our  annual  impairment  review  as 
noted above. Definite-lived intangible assets are also tested for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances suggest impairment might exist. 

R&D 
Operational innovation and technical know-how is very important to the success of our business.  Our goal 
46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
is  to  discover,  develop,  and  bring  to  market  innovative  ways  to  process  waste  that  address  unmet 
environmental  needs  and  to  develop  new  company  service  offerings.  The  Company  conducts  research 
internally and also through collaborations with other third parties. R&D costs consist primarily of employee 
salaries  and  benefits,  laboratory  costs,  third  party  fees,  and  other  related  costs  associated  with  the 
development  and  enhancement  of  new  potential  waste  treatment  processes  and  new  technology  and  are 
charged to expense when incurred in accordance with ASC Topic 730, “Research and Development.” The 
Company’s  R&D  expenses  included  approximately  $1,141,000  and  $1,489,000  for  the  years  ended 
December  31,  2017  and  2016,  respectively,  incurred  by  our  Medical  Segment  in  the  R&D  of  its  medical 
isotope production technology. 

Accrued Closure Costs and Asset Retirement Obligations (“ARO”) 
Accrued closure costs represent our estimated environmental liability to clean up our facilities, as required 
by  our  permits,  in  the  event  of  closure.  ASC  410,  “Asset  Retirement  and  Environmental  Obligations” 
requires that the discounted fair value of a liability for an ARO be recognized in the period in which it is 
incurred with the associated ARO capitalized as part of the carrying cost of the asset.  The recognition of an 
ARO  requires  that  management  make  numerous  estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments  regarding  such 
factors as estimated probabilities, timing of settlements, material and service costs, current technology, laws 
and regulations, and credit adjusted risk-free rate to be used.  This estimate is inflated, using an inflation 
rate, to the expected time at which the closure will occur, and then discounted back, using a credit adjusted 
risk free rate, to the present value.  ARO’s are included within buildings as part of property and equipment 
and  are  depreciated  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  property.  In  periods  subsequent  to  initial 
measurement of the ARO, the Company must recognize period-to-period changes in the liability resulting 
from  the  passage  of  time  and  revisions  to  either  the  timing  or  the  amount  of  the  original  estimate  of 
undiscounted  cash  flows.  Increases  in  the  ARO  liability  due  to  passage  of  time  impact  net  income  as 
accretion  expense,  which  is  included  in  cost  of  goods  sold.  Changes  in  costs  resulting  from  changes  or 
expansion  at  the  facilities  require  adjustment  to  the  ARO  liability  and  are  capitalized  and  charged  as 
depreciation expense, in accordance with the Company’s depreciation policy.   

Income Taxes 
Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  ASC  740,  “Income  Taxes.”  Under  ASC  740,  the 
provision for income taxes is comprised of taxes that are currently payable and deferred taxes that relate to 
the temporary differences between financial reporting carrying values and tax bases of assets and liabilities. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable 
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Any effect 
on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that 
includes the enactment date. 

ASC 740 requires that deferred income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely 
than  not  that  some  portion  or  all  of  the  deferred  income  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  The  Company 
regularly assesses the likelihood that the deferred tax asset will be recovered from future taxable income. 
The Company considers projected future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies, then records a 
valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of the net deferred income taxes to an amount that is more 
likely than not to be realized.  

ASC 740 sets out a consistent framework for preparers to use to determine the appropriate recognition and 
measurement  of  uncertain  tax  positions.  ASC  740  uses  a  two-step  approach  wherein  a  tax  benefit  is 
recognized if a position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained. The amount of the benefit is then measured 
to  be  the  highest  tax  benefit  which  is  greater  than  50%  likely  to  be  realized.  ASC  740  also  sets  out 
disclosure  requirements  to  enhance  transparency  of  an  entity’s  tax  reserves.  The  Company  recognizes 
accrued interest and income tax penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax 
expense. 

The  Company  reassesses  the  validity  of  our  conclusions  regarding  uncertain  income  tax  positions  on  a 
quarterly  basis  to  determine  if  facts  or  circumstances  have  arisen  that  might  cause  us  to  change  our 
judgment regarding the likelihood of a tax position’s sustainability under audit.  

47 

Foreign Currency 
The  Company’s  foreign  subsidiaries  include  PF  UK  Limited,  PF  Canada  and  PF  Medical.  Assets  and 
liabilities are translated to U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and revenue 
and expenses at the average exchange rate for the period. Foreign currency translation adjustments for these 
subsidiaries are accumulated as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in 
stockholders’  equity.  Gains  and  losses  resulting  from  foreign  currency  transactions  are  recognized  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations.   

Concentration Risk 
The Company performed services relating to waste generated by the federal government, either directly as a 
prime  contractor  or  indirectly  for  others  as  a  subcontractor  to  the  federal  government,  representing 
approximately $36,654,400 or 73.6% of total revenue during 2017, as compared to $27,354,000 or 53.4% of 
total revenue during 2016. 

Revenue generated by one of the customers (PSC Metal, Inc.) (non-government related and excluded from 
above)  in  the  Services  Segment  accounted  for  approximately  $9,763,000  or  19.1%  of  the  total  revenues 
generated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016.  Project work for this customer commenced in 
March 2016 and was completed in December 2016.  

As our revenues are project/event based where the completion of one contract with a specific customer may 
be replaced by another contract with a different customer from year to year, we do not believe the loss of one 
specific customer from one year to the next will generally have a material adverse effect on our operations 
and financial condition. 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist 
principally  of  cash  and  accounts  receivable.  The  Company  maintains  cash  with  high  quality  financial 
institutions, which may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured amounts from time 
to  time.  Concentration  of  credit  risk  with  respect  to  accounts  receivable  is  limited  due  to  the  Company's 
large number of customers and their dispersion throughout the United States as well as with the significant 
amount of work that we perform for the federal government as discussed above. 

The Company had two government related customers whose net outstanding receivable balance represented 
17.9% and 16.8% of the Company’s total consolidated net accounts receivable at December 31, 2017. The 
Company  had  two  customers  whose  net  outstanding  receivable  balance  represented  10.1%  (government 
related  account)  and  20.8%  (non-government  related  account)  of  the  Company’s  total  consolidated  net 
accounts receivable at December 31, 2016.   

Gross Receipts Taxes and Other Charges 
ASC  605-45,  “Revenue  Recognition  –  Principal  Agent  Consideration”  provides  guidance  regarding  the 
accounting  and  financial  statement  presentation  for  certain  taxes  assessed  by  a  governmental  authority. 
These  taxes  and  surcharges  include,  among  others,  universal  service  fund  charges,  sales,  use,  waste,  and 
some excise taxes. In determining whether to include such taxes in its revenue and expenses, the Company 
assesses, among other things, whether it is the primary obligor or principal taxpayer for the taxes assessed in 
each jurisdiction where the Company does business. As the Company is merely a collection agent for the 
government authority in certain of our facilities, the Company records the taxes on a net basis and excludes 
them from revenue and cost of services.   

Revenue Recognition 
Treatment Segment revenues. The processing of mixed waste is complex and may take several months or 
more to complete; as such, the Treatment Segment recognizes revenues using a proportional performance 
based methodology with its measure of progress towards completion determined based on output measures 
consisting of milestones achieved and completed.  The Treatment Segment has waste tracking capabilities, 
which  it  continues  to  enhance,  to  allow  for  better  matching  of  revenues  earned  to  the  processing  phases 
achieved.  The  revenues  are  recognized  as  each  of  the  following  three  processing  phases  are  completed: 
receipt,  treatment/processing  and  shipment/final  disposal.  However,  based  on  the  processing  of  certain 
waste streams, the treatment/processing and shipment/final disposal phases may be combined as sometimes 
48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
they are completed concurrently. As major processing phases are completed and the costs are incurred, the 
Treatment  Segment  recognizes  the  corresponding  percentage  of  revenue  utilizing  a  proportional 
performance  model.  The  Treatment  Segment  experiences  delays  in  processing  invoices  due  to  the 
complexity of the documentation that is required for invoicing, as well as the difference between completion 
of revenue recognition milestones and agreed upon invoicing terms, which results in unbilled receivables. 
The timing differences occur for several reasons, partially from delays in the final processing of all wastes 
associated with certain work orders and partially from delays for analytical testing that is required after the 
waste  is  processed  but  prior  to  our  release  of  the  waste  for  disposal.  As  the  waste  moves  through  these 
processing phases and revenues are recognized, the correlating costs are expensed as incurred. Although the 
Treatment  Segment  uses  its  best  estimates  and  all  available  information  to  accurately  determine  these 
disposal  expenses,  the  risk  does  exist  that  these  estimates  could  prove  to  be  inadequate  in  the  event  the 
waste  requires  retreatment.  Furthermore,  should  the  waste  be  returned  to  the  customer,  the  related 
receivables  could  be  uncollectible;  however,  historical  experience  has  not  indicated  this  to  be  a  material 
uncertainty.   

Services Segment revenues. Revenue includes services performed under fixed price, time and material, and 
cost-reimbursement contracts. Revenues and costs associated with fixed price contracts are recognized using 
the percentage of completion (efforts expended) method. The Services Segment estimates its percentage of 
completion based on attainment of project milestones. Revenues and costs associated with time and material 
contracts are recognized as revenue when earned and costs are incurred.  

Under cost reimbursement contracts, the Services Segment is reimbursed for costs incurred plus a certain 
percentage  markup  for  indirect  costs,  in  accordance  with  contract  provisions.  Costs  incurred  in  excess  of 
contract funding may be renegotiated for reimbursement. The Services Segment also earns a fee based on 
the approved costs to complete the contract. The Services Segment recognizes this fee using the proportion 
of costs incurred to total estimated contract costs.  

Contract costs include all direct labor, material and other non-labor costs and those indirect costs related to 
contract support, such as depreciation, fringe benefits, overhead labor, supplies, tools, repairs and equipment 
rental. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses 
are  determined.  Changes  in  job  performance,  job  conditions  and  estimated  profitability,  including  those 
arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs and 
income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. 

Stock-Based Compensation 
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock 
Compensation.” ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grant of options, to be 
recognized  in  the  Statement  of  Operations  based  on  their  fair  values.  The  Company  accounts  for  stock-
based compensation issued to consultants in accordance with the provisions of ASC 505-50, “Equity-Based 
Payments  to  Non-Employees.”  Measurement  of  stock-based  payment  transactions  with  consultants, 
including  options,  is  based  on  the  fair  value  of  whichever  is  more  reliably  measurable:  (a)  the  goods  or 
services received; or (b) the equity instrument issued.  The measurement date for the fair value of the stock-
based  payment  transaction  is  determined  at  the  earlier  of  performance  commitment  date  or  performance 
completion date. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair-value of 
stock-based awards which requires subjective assumptions. Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of 
stock-based awards include the exercise price of the award, the expected term, the expected volatility of our 
stock over the stock-based award’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the award’s expected term, 
and the expected annual dividend yield. The Company accounts for forfeitures when they occur. 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
The components of comprehensive income (loss) are net income (loss) and the effects of foreign currency 
translation adjustments.    

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (Loss) Per Share 
Basic income (loss) per share is calculated based on the weighted-average number of outstanding common 
shares  during  the  applicable  period.  Diluted  income  (loss)  per  share  is  based  on  the  weighted-average 
number of outstanding common shares plus the weighted-average number of potential outstanding common 
shares. In periods where they are anti-dilutive, such amounts are excluded from the calculations of dilutive 
earnings per share. Income (loss) per share is computed separately for each period presented.   

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 
Certain assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, while other assets 
and  liabilities  are  recorded  at  fair  value  on  a  nonrecurring  basis. Fair  value  is  determined  based  on  the 
exchange  price  that  would  be  received  for  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  (an  exit  price)  in  the 
principal  or  most  advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market 
participants. The three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies, 
is: 

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets. 
Level 2—Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as 
quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar 
assets  and  liabilities  in  markets  that  are  not  active,  or  other  inputs  that  are  observable  or  can  be 
corroborated by observable market data. 
Level  3—Valuations  based  on  unobservable  inputs  reflecting  the  Company’s  own  assumptions, 
consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants. 

Financial  instruments  include  cash (Level  1),  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable, and  debt  obligations 
(Level 3).  Credit is extended to customers based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition and, 
generally, collateral is not required. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the fair value of the 
Company’s  financial  instruments  approximated  their  carrying  values. The  fair  value  of  the  Company’s 
revolving credit and term loan approximate its carrying value due to the variable interest rate.   

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 
In  January  2017,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accountings  Standards 
Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-03, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments – 
Equity  Method  and  Joint  Ventures  (Topic  232)  –  Amendments  to  SEC  Paragraphs  Pursuant  to  staff 
Announcements  at  the  September  22,  2016  and  November  17,  2016  EITF  Meetings.”   This  amendment 
states that registrants should consider additional qualitative disclosures if the impact of an issued but not yet 
adopted ASU is unknown or cannot be reasonably estimated and to include a description of the effect of the 
accounting  policies  that  the  registrant  expects  to  apply,  if  determined.  Transition  guidance  included  in 
certain issued but not yet adopted ASUs were also updated to reflect this update. This update is effective 
immediately.  The adoption of ASU 2017-03 by the Company in the first quarter of 2017 did not have a 
material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Company 
will revise its disclosures for the standards not yet adopted as required by ASU 2017-03 as the Company 
progresses through its impact assessments. 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards – Not Yet Adopted 
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” followed by a 
series of related accounting standard updates (collectively referred to as “Topic 606”), which will supersede 
nearly  all  existing  revenue  recognition  guidance.  Topic  606  provides  a  single,  comprehensive  revenue 
recognition model for all contracts with customers. Under the new standard, a five-step process is utilized in 
order  to  determine  revenue  recognition,  depicting  the  transfer  of  goods  or  services  to  a  customer  at  an 
amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Topic 
606 also requires additional disclosure surrounding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue 
and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments 
and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. Topic 606 is effective for annual 
reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2017  (including  interim  reporting  periods  within  those 
periods). The new standard permits two implementation approaches: the full retrospective method, in which 
case  the  standard  would  be  applied  to  each  prior  reporting  period  presented  and  the  cumulative  effect  of 
applying  the  standard  would  be  recognized  at  the  earliest  period  shown,  or  the  modified  retrospective 
50 

 
 
 
 
 
method,  in  which  case the  cumulative  effect  of  applying  the  standard  would  be  recognized  at the  date of 
initial  application.  The  Company  has  completed  the  evaluation  of  customer  contracts  and  continues  to 
identify  and  implement  appropriate  changes  to  our  business  policies,  processes,  systems  and  controls  to 
support the adoption, recognition and disclosures under the new standard. The Company will adopt the new 
revenue  standard  in  the  first  quarter  of  2018  applying  the  modified  retrospective  method.  Based  on  our 
evaluation,  we  do  not  believe  that  the  adoption  of  ASU  2014-09  will  result  in  a  significant  change  in 
accounting principles applied to the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We 
believe  that  revenue  will  continue  to  be  generally  recognized  consistent  with  our  current  revenue 
recognition  model.  The  potential  future  impacts  would  be  limited  to  the  capitalization  of  direct  and 
incremental  contract  acquisition  costs,  which  have  not  historically  been  material.  The  Company  will 
continue to monitor the materiality of these contract acquisition costs on an ongoing basis to determine if 
these costs become material and should be capitalized. In accordance with the new standard, the Company 
will  expand  revenue  recognition  disclosures  beginning  in  the  first  quarter  of  2018  to  address  the  new 
qualitative and quantitative requirements. 

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No. 2016-02,  “Leases  (Topic  842).”  Under  ASU  2016-02,  an 
entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose 
key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, 
a  lessor  and  sale  and  leaseback  transactions.  Lessees  and  lessors  are  required  to  disclose  qualitative  and 
quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the 
amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. For public companies, ASU 2016-02 is 
effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within 
that  reporting  period,  and requires  a  modified retrospective  adoption,  with  early  adoption  permitted. This 
ASU is effective January 1, 2019 for the Company. The Company is still evaluating the potential impact of 
adopting this guidance on our financial statements. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, "Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of 
Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force)," which aims to 
eliminate diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in 
the statement of cash flows under Topic 230, Statement of Cash Flows, and other Topics. Subsequently, in 
November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, "Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Restricted Cash, a 
consensus  of  the  FASB  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force,"  which  clarifies  the  guidance  on  the  cash  flow 
classification  and  presentation  of  changes  in  restricted  cash  or  restricted  cash  equivalents.  Therefore, 
amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash 
and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on 
the statement of cash flow. ASU 2016-15 and ASU 2016-18 are effective for annual reporting periods, and 
interim  periods  therein,  beginning  after  December  15,  2017  and  are  effective  January  1,  2018  for  the 
Company.  The  Company  does  not  expect  the  adoption  of  these  ASUs  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-16,  “Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Intra-Entity  Transfers  of 
Assets  Other  Than  Inventory,”  which  eliminates  the  existing  exception  in  U.S.  GAAP  prohibiting  the 
recognition  of  the  income  tax  consequences  for  intra-entity  asset  transfers.  Under  ASU  2016-16,  entities 
will be required to recognize the income tax consequences of intra-entity asset transfers other than inventory 
when the transfer occurs. ASU 2016-16 is effective on a modified retrospective basis for fiscal years, and 
for  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years,  beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  with  early  adoption 
permitted.  This  ASU  is  effective  January  1,  2018  for  the  Company.  The  Company  does  not  expect  the 
adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, 
or cash flows 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805) – Clarifying the 
Definition of a Business.” ASU 2017-01 clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding 
guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or 
disposals) of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including 
acquisition, disposals, goodwill and consolidation. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period and is effective for the Company 
51 

 
 
 
 
 
January 1, 2018. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, “Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of 
Modification Accounting.” This ASU provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of 
a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. ASU 2017-
09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal 
years, and early adoption is permitted, including in an interim period. ASU 2017-09 is to be applied on a 
prospective basis to an award modified on or after the adoption date. This ASU is effective January 1, 2018 
for the Company. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, “Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities 
from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial 
Instruments  with  Down  Round  Features, (Part  II)  Replacement  of the  Indefinite  Deferral  for  Mandatorily 
Redeemable  Financial  Instruments  of  Certain  Nonpublic  Entities  and  Certain  Mandatorily  Redeemable 
Noncontrolling  Interests  with  a  Scope  Exception.”  Part  I  of  this  update  addresses  the  complexity  of 
accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of 
certain equity-linked instruments (or embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the 
basis  of  the  pricing  of  future  equity  offerings.  When  determining  whether  certain  financial  instruments 
should  be  classified  as  liabilities  or  equity  instruments,  a  down  round  feature  no  longer  precludes  equity 
classification  when  assessing  whether  the  instrument  is  indexed  to  an  entity's  own  stock.  Part  II  of  this 
update addresses the difficulty of navigating Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, because of 
the  existence  of  extensive  pending  content  in  the  FASB  Accounting  Standards Codification  and  does  not 
have  an  accounting  effect.  This  ASU  is  effective  for  fiscal  years,  and interim  periods  within  those  years, 
beginning after December 15, 2018.  Early adoption is permitted. This ASU is effective for the Company 
January 1, 2019. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on its financial 
statements. 

In  February  2018,  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-02,  “Income  Statement—Reporting  Comprehensive  Income 
(Topic  220):  Reclassification  of  Certain  Tax  Effects  from  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income”.  
This ASU allows for the reclassification of certain income tax effects related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 
between  “Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income”  and  “Retained  earnings.”  This  ASU  relates  to  the 
requirement that adjustments to deferred tax liabilities and assets related to a change in tax laws or rates to 
be  included  in  “Income  from  continuing  operations”,  even  in  situations  where  the  related  items  were 
originally  recognized  in  “Other  comprehensive  income”  (rather  than  in  “Income  from  continuing 
operations”). ASU 2018-02 is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, 
and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Adoption of this ASU is to be 
applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period in which the effect of the change in 
the tax laws or rates were recognized. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard will 
have on its financial statements. 

NOTE 3 
M&EC FACILITY 

During  the  second  quarter  of  2016,  the  Company’s  M&EC  subsidiary  was  notified  by  the  lessor  that  the 
lease agreement under which M&EC operates its Oak Ridge, Tennessee facility would not be renewed at the 
end of the lease term ending January 21, 2018. In light of this event and our strategic review of operations 
within  our Treatment  Segment,  the  Company  instituted  a  plan  to  close  its  M&EC  facility  located  in  Oak 
Ridge, Tennessee at the end of the lease term which has been extended to June 30, 2018. Operations at the 
M&EC  facility  are  limited  during  the  remaining  term  of  the  lease  and  the  facility  continues  to  transition 
waste shipments and operational capabilities to our other Treatment Segment facilities, subject to customer 
requirements  and  regulatory  approvals.  Simultaneously,  the  Company  continues  with  closure  and 
decommissioning activities in accordance with M&EC’s license and permit requirements. As a result of the 
Company’s  decision  to  close  its  M&EC  facility,  the  Company’s  financial  results  have  been  impacted  by 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
certain non-cash impairment losses, write-offs and accruals as described below for years ended December 
31, 2017 and 2016.  

The Company performed a discounted cash flow analysis prepared at June 30, 2016 for M&EC’s intangible 
assets  (permits),  utilizing  our  best  estimates  of  projected  future  cash  flows.  Based  on  this  analysis,  the 
Company concluded that impairment existed and subsequently determined that the permit for our M&EC 
subsidiary was fully impaired resulting in an intangible impairment loss of approximately $8,288,000.  

M&EC is required to complete certain clean-up/maintenance activities at its facility pursuant to its permit 
requirements. The extent and cost of these activities are determined by federal/state mandate requirements. 
The Company performed an analysis and related estimate of the cost to complete the closure activities in 
accordance with its permit requirements during the second quarter of 2016 and based on this analysis, the 
Company  recorded  an  additional  $1,626,000  in  closure  liabilities  with  a  corresponding  increase  to 
capitalized ARO costs, which were being depreciated over the remaining term of the lease.  The capitalized 
ARO  costs  were  reported  as  a  component  of  “Net  Property  and  equipment”  in  the  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheets.  

In  accordance  with  ASC  360,  “Property,  Plant,  and  Equipment,”  the  Company  performed  an  updated 
financial valuation of M&EC’s long-lived tangible assets during the second quarter of 2016, inclusive of the 
capitalized ARO costs, for potential impairment. Based on our analysis using an undiscounted cash flows 
approach,  the  Company  concluded  that  the  carrying  value  of  certain  tangible  assets  (property  and 
equipment)  for  M&EC  was  not  recoverable  and  exceeded  its  fair  value.  Consequently,  the  Company 
recorded  $1,816,000  in  tangible  asset  impairment  loss  in  the  second  quarter  of  2016.  The  Company  also 
reevaluated  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  remaining  tangible  assets  and  as  a  result  of  this  analysis, 
reduced the current estimated useful lives of these assets ranging from 2 to 28 years at June 30, 2016 to 1.6 
years, the remaining term of the lease. Accordingly,  the Company was depreciating the carrying value of 
M&EC’s  remaining  tangible  assets  of  approximately  $4,728,000  at  June  30,  2016  over  a  period  of 
approximately 1.6 years, which was to the original lease expiration date of January 21, 2018.  

In  the  second  quarter  of  2016,  the  Company  also  wrote-off  approximately  $587,000  in  fees  previously 
incurred relating to emission performance testing certification requirement in order to meet state compliance 
mandate  in  connection  with  certain  M&EC  equipment  which  was  impaired.  Such  amount  had  been 
previously included in “Prepaid and other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

During  the  third  quarter  of  2017,  the  Company  performed  an  updated  financial  valuation  of  M&EC’s 
remaining long-lived tangible assets (inclusive of ARO costs) for further potential impairment.  Based on 
our analysis using an undiscounted cash flow approach, the Company concluded that the carrying value of 
the remaining tangible assets for M&EC was not recoverable and exceeded its fair value. Consequently, the 
Company  fully  impaired  the  remaining  tangible  assets  at  M&EC  resulting  in  a  tangible  asset  impairment 
loss  of  $672,000.  Additionally,  during  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  of  2017,  the  Company  recorded  an 
additional $550,000 and $850,000, respectively, in closure costs and current closure costs liabilities due to 
change in estimated closure costs. 

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, M&EC’s revenues were approximately $6,312,000 
and $4,419,000, respectively. 

NOTE 4 
PERMIT AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The following table summarizes changes in the carrying amount of permits. No permit exists at our Services 
and Medical Segments.   

53 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Permit (amount in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
PCB permit amortized (1)
Permit in progress
Permit impairment for M&EC subsidiary

Balance as of December 31, 2016
PCB permit amortized (1)
Balance as of December 31, 2017

Treatment

$               

16,761
(55)
56
(8,288)
8,474
(55)
8,419

$                 

(1)  Amortization  for  the  one  definite-lived  permit  capitalized  in  2009.  This  permit  is  being  amortized  over  a  ten  year  period  in 
accordance  with  its  estimated  useful  life.  Net  carrying  value  of  this  permit  was  approximately  $62,000  and  $117,000  as  of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

The following table summarizes information relating to the Company’s definite-lived intangible assets: 

Intangibles (amount in thousands)
Patent
Software
Customer relationships
Permit
Total

Useful 
Lives
(Years)

1-17
 3
12
10

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Gross

Carrying Accumulated 
Amortization
Amount

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

Gross

Carrying Accumulated 
Amortization
Amount

Net 
Carrying 
Amount

$

$

657
410
3,370
545
4,982

$

$

(306)
(398)
(2,246)
(483)
(3,433)

$

$

351
12
1,124
62
1,549

$

$

577
405
3,370
545
4,897

$

$

(274)
(383)
(1,974)
(428)
(3,059)

$

$

303
22
1,396
117
1,838

The  intangible  assets  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  useful  lives  with  the  exception  of 
customer relationships which are being amortized using an accelerated method.   

The  following  table  summarizes  the  expected  amortization  over  the  next  five  years  for  our  definite-lived 
intangible assets:   

Year 

2018
2019
2020
2021
2022

Amount
(In thousands)

$                 

336
254
218
198
173
1,179

$              

Amortization  expense  recorded  for  definite-lived  intangible  assets  was  approximately  $374,000  and 
$448,000, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.   

NOTE 5 
CAPITAL STOCK, STOCK PLANS, WARRANTS, AND STOCK BASED COMPENSATION 

Stock Option Plans 
The Company adopted the 2003 Outside Directors Stock Plan (the “2003 Plan”), which was approved by 
our stockholders at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on July 29, 2003.  Options granted under the 2003 
Plan generally have a vesting period of six months from the date of grant and a term of 10 years, with an 
exercise price equal to the closing trade price on the date prior to grant date.  The 2003 Plan also provides 
for the issuance  to each outside  director  a number  of  shares of the  Company’s  Common  Stock  in  lieu  of 
65%  or  100%  (based  on  option  elected  by  each  director)  of  the  fee  payable  to  the  eligible  director  for 
services  rendered  as  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  (“Board”).    The  number  of  shares  issued  is 
determined at 75% of the market value as defined in the plan.  The 2003 Plan, as amended, also provides for 
the grant of an option to purchase up to 6,000 shares of Common Stock for each outside director upon initial 
54 

 
                       
                        
                  
                   
                       
 
 
 
      
             
           
      
             
           
      
             
             
      
             
             
   
          
        
   
          
        
      
             
             
      
             
           
   
          
        
   
          
        
 
 
 
                   
                   
                   
                   
 
 
 
election to the Board, and the grant of an option to purchase 2,400 shares of Common Stock upon each re-
election.  At  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  held  on  July  27,  2017  (“2017  Annual  Meeting”),  the 
Company’s  stockholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  2003  Plan  which  authorized  the  issuance  of  an 
additional  300,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  under  the  plan.    After  the  approval  of  the 
amendment, the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock authorized under the 2003 Plan was 
1,100,000.  At December 31, 2017, the 2003 Plan had available for issuance approximately 391,215 shares. 

On April 28, 2010, the Company adopted the 2010 Stock Option Plan (“2010 Plan”), which was approved 
by our stockholders at the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders on September 29, 2010. The 2010 
Plan  authorized  an  aggregate  grant  of  200,000  Non-Qualified  Stock  Options  (“NQSOs”)  and  Incentive 
Stock Options (“ISOs”) to officers and employees of the Company for the purchase of up to 200,000 shares 
of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock.  The  term  of  each  stock  option  granted  is  to  be  fixed  by  the 
Compensation  and  Stock  Option  Committee  (the  “Compensation  Committee”),  but  no  stock  option  is 
exercisable more than ten years after the grant date, or in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 
10% stockholder, five years after the grant date.  The exercise price of any ISO granted under the 2010 Plan 
to an individual who is not a 10% stockholder at the time of the grant is not to be less than the fair market 
value of the shares at the time of the grant, and the exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to a 
10% stockholder is not to be less than 110% of the fair market value at the time of grant.  The exercise price 
of any NQSOs granted under the plan is not to be less than the fair market value of the shares at the time of 
grant. As discussed below, as the result of the approval of the 2017 Stock Option Plan (“2017 Plan”) at the 
Company’s  2017  Annual  Meeting,  no  further  options  remain  available  for  issuance  under  the  2010  Plan 
immediately upon the approval of the 2017 Plan; however, the 2010 Plan remains in full force and effect 
with respect to the outstanding options issued and unexercised at the date of the approval of the 2017 Plan 
which consisted of an option for the purchase of up to 10,000 shares of our common stock with expiration 
date  of July  10,  2020  and an  option  for  the  purchase  of  up  to  50,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common 
Stock with expiration date of May 15, 2022. 

The  Company  adopted  the  2017  Plan,  which  was  approved  by  the  Company’s  stockholders  at  the 
Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting. The 2017 Plan authorizes the grant of options to officers and employees 
of the Company, including any employee who is also a member of the Board, as well as to consultants of 
the Company. The 2017 Plan authorizes an aggregate grant of 540,000 NQSOs and ISOs, which includes a 
rollover  of  140,000  shares  remaining  available  for  issuance  under  the  2010  Plan  as  discussed  above. 
Consultants of the Company can only be granted NQSOs. The term of each stock option granted under the 
2017  Plan  shall  be  fixed  by  the  Compensation  Committee,  but  no  stock  options  will  be  exercisable  more 
than ten years after the grant date, or in the case of an ISO granted to a 10% stockholder, five years after the 
grant date. The exercise price of any ISO granted under the 2017 Plan to an individual who is not a 10% 
stockholder at the time of the grant shall not be less than the fair market value of the shares at the time of the 
grant, and the exercise price of any incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder shall not be less 
than 110% of the fair market value at the time of grant. The exercise price of any NQSOs granted under the 
plan shall not be less than the fair market value of the shares at the time of grant.  

Stock Options to Employees and Outside Director 
On January 13, 2017, the Company granted 6,000 NQSOs from the Company’s 2003 Plan to a new director 
elected  by  the  Company’s  Board  to  fill  the  vacancy  left  by  Jack  Lahav  who  retired  from  the  Board  in 
October  2016.  The  options  granted  were  for  a  contractual  term  of  ten  years  with  a  vesting  period  of  six 
months. The exercise price of the NQSO was $3.79 per share, which was equal to our closing stock price 
the day preceding the grant date, pursuant to the 2003 Plan.   

On July 27, 2017, the Company granted 12,000 NQSOs from the Company’s 2003 Plan to five of the six re-
elected directors at the 2017 Annual Meeting.  Dr. Louis F. Centofanti, who is a member of the Board, is not 
eligible to receive options under the 2003 Plan since he is also an employee of the Company, pursuant to the 
2003 Plan. The NQSOs granted to the five directors were for a contractual term of ten years with a vesting 
period of six months. The exercise price of the NQSO was $3.55 per share, which was equal to our closing 
stock price the day preceding the grant date, pursuant to the 2003 Plan. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 27, 2017, the Company granted ISOs from the 2017 Plan (following the approval of the 2017 Plan 
as discussed above) to the named executive officers as follows: ISOs to exercise 50,000 shares to the Chief 
Executive Officer (“CEO”) (Dr. Louis Centofanti); ISOs to exercise 100,000 shares to the Executive Vice 
President (“EVP”)/Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) (Mark Duff); and ISOs to exercise 50,000 shares to the 
Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) (Ben Naccarato). Effective September 8, 2017, Mark Duff succeeded Dr. 
Louis  Centofanti  as  the  CEO  with  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti  serving  as  EVP  of  Strategic  Initiatives  and 
continuing to serve as a member of the Board (see “Note 15 – Related Party Transaction for further detail of 
this transition”). The share covered by each ISO granted has a contractual term of six years with one-fifth 
yearly vesting over a five year period.  The exercise price of each share covered by the ISO was $3.65 per 
share, which was equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant. At 
December  31,  2017,  the  2017  Plan  had  an  additional  130,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock 
available for the granting of additional options. 

On  October 19,  2017, the Company  granted an  aggregate  of  110,000  ISOs  from  the  2017  Plan to  certain 
employees. The ISOs granted were for a contractual term of six years with one-fifth yearly vesting over a 
five  year  period.  The  exercise  price  of  the  ISO  was  $3.60  per  share,  which  was  equal  to  the  fair  market 
value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. 

On May 15, 2016, the Company granted 50,000 ISOs from the Company’s 2010 Plan to Mark Duff. The 
ISOs granted were for a contractual term of six years with one-third yearly vesting over a three year period. 
The  exercise  price  of  the  ISO  was  $3.97  per  share,  which  was  equal  to  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant.  

On July 28, 2016, the Company granted an aggregate of 12,000 NQSOs from the 2003 Plan to five of the 
seven  re-elected  directors  at  our  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  held  on  July  28,  2016.  Two  of  the 
directors  were  not  eligible  to  receive  options  under  the  2003  Stock  Plan  as  they  were  employees  of  the 
Company  or  its  subsidiaries. The  NQSOs  granted  were for  a  contractual term  of  ten  years  with a  vesting 
period  of  six  months.  The  exercise  price  of  the  NQSOs  was  $4.60  per  share,  which  was  equal  to  the 
Company’s closing stock price the day preceding the grant date, pursuant to the 2003 Plan.   

No employees or directors exercised options during 2017 and 2016.   

The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  stock  options  using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model.  
Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted include the exercise price of the award, 
the expected term, the expected volatility of the Company’s stock over the option’s expected term, the risk-
free interest rate over the option’s expected term, and the expected annual dividend yield.  The fair value of 
the  options  granted  during  2017  and  2016  and  the  related  assumptions  used  in  the  Black-Scholes  option 
model used to value the options granted were as follows: 

$

$

Weighted-average fair value per share
Risk -free interest rate (1)
Expected volatility of stock (2)
Dividend yield
Expected option life (3)

Weighted-average fair value per share
Risk -free interest rate (1)
Expected volatility of stock (2)
Dividend yield
Expected option life (3)

October 19, 2017

1.75

1.98%

54.64%

None

5.0 years

Employee Stock Option Granted

July 27, 2017
1.88

May 15, 2016
2.00

$

1.98%

53.15%

None

6.0 years

1.27%

53.12%

None

6.0 years

July 27, 2017
2.48

Outside Director Stock Options Granted
January 13, 2017
2.63

$

$

July 28, 2016
3.00

2.32%

57.21%

None

2.40%

56.32%

None

1.52%

55.99%

None

10.0 years

10.0 years

10.0 years

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the grant date over the expected term of the option. 

(2)  The expected volatility is based on historical volatility from our traded Common Stock over the expected term of the option. 

(3)  The expected option life is based on historical exercises and post-vesting data. 

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation recognized for fiscal years 2017 and 2016.   

Employee Stock Options
Director Stock Options
Total

$

$

Year Ended

2017
78,000
46,000
124,000

$

$

2016
53,000
45,000
98,000

At December 31, 2017, the Company has approximately $578,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost 
related to unvested employee and director options, of which $151,000 is expected to be recognized in 2018, 
$126,000 in 2019, $114,000 in 2020, $114,000 in 2021, with the remaining $73,000 in 2022. 

Stock Options to Consultant 
Robert  Ferguson  is  a  consultant  to  the  Board  and  a  consultant  to  the  Company  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s Test Bed Initiative (“TBI”) at its PFNWR facility (see “Note 15 – Related Party Transactions” 
for  further  discussion).  For  Robert  Ferguson’s  consulting  work  with  the  Board,  he  has  been  receiving 
monthly  compensation  of  $4,000.  For  Robert  Ferguson’s  consulting  work  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s  TBI,  on  July  27,  2017  (“grant  date”),  the  Company  granted  Robert  Ferguson  a  stock  option 
from the Company’s 2017 Plan for the purchase of up to 100,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock 
at an exercise price of $3.65 a share, which was the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on 
the  date  of  grant  (“Ferguson  Stock  Option”).  The  vesting  of  the  Ferguson  Stock  Option  is  subject  to  the 
achievement of the following milestones (“waste” as noted below is defined as liquid LAW (“low activity 
waste”) and/or liquid TRU (“transuranic waste”)): 

•  Upon treatment and disposal of three gallons of waste at the PFNWR facility by January 27, 2018, 

10,000 shares of the Ferguson Stock Option shall become exercisable; 

•  Upon treatment and disposal of 2,000 gallons of waste at the PFNWR facility by January 27, 2019, 

30,000 shares of the Ferguson Stock Option shall become exercisable; and 

•  Upon treatment and disposal of 50,000 gallons of waste at the PFNWR facility and assistance, on 
terms satisfactory to the Company, in preparing certain justifications of cost and pricing data for the 
waste and obtaining a long-term commercial contract relating to the treatment, storage and disposal 
of  waste  by  January  27,  2021,  60,000  shares  of  the  Ferguson  Stock  Option  shall  become 
exercisable. 

The term  of  the  Ferguson Stock  Option is  seven  (7) years  from  the  grant  date. Each  of  the  milestones  is 
exclusive of each other; therefore, achievement of any of the milestones above by Robert Ferguson by the 
designated date will provide Robert Ferguson the right to exercise the number of options in accordance with 
the milestone attained.  

The Company has recorded approximately $20,000 in consulting expenses (included in selling, general and 
administrative expenses (“SG&A”)) and additional paid-in capital in connection with this transaction which 
amount  was  estimated  to  be  the  fair  value  of  the  10,000  options  on  the  performance  completion  date  of 
December 19, 2017 under the first milestone. The fair value of the 10,000 options was estimated using the 
Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions: 52.65% volatility, risk free interest rate of 
2.30%, and an expected life of approximately 6.6 years and no dividends.  

Summary of Stock Option Plans 
The  summary  of  the  Company’s  total  plans  as  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  and  changes  during  the 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
period then ended are presented as follows: 

Options outstanding January 1, 2017
Granted 
Exercised
Forfeited/expired
Options outstanding end of period (1)
Options exercisable at December 31, 2017(1)
Options vested  and expected to be vested at December 31, 2017

Options outstanding January 1, 2016
Granted 
Exercised
Forfeited/expired
Options outstanding end of period (2)
Options exercisable at December 31, 2016(2)
Options vested and expected to be vested at December 31, 2016

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term    
(years)

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value (3)

6.69
3.64
─
8.95

4.42

6.30
4.42

5.5

4.6
5.5

$

$
$

19,780

13,080
19,780

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term    
(years)

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value (3)

7.65
4.09
─
8.14

6.69

7.61
6.78

4.3

3.7
4.3

$

$
$

20,940

20,940
20,940

Shares
247,200
428,000
─
(50,400)

624,800

179,467
624,800

Shares
218,200
62,000
─
(33,000)

247,200

181,867
239,750

$

$

$

$

(1) Options with exercise prices ranging from $2.79 to $13.35
(2) Options with exercise prices ranging from $2.79 to $14.75
(3) The intrinsic value of a stock option is the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise 
    price of the option.

The summary of the Company’s nonvested options as of December 31, 2017 and changes during the period 
then ended are presented as follows: 

Non-vested options January 1, 2017
Granted 
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested options at December 31, 2017

Shares

65,333
428,000
(48,000)
─
445,333

Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
$                    

2.23
1.89
2.32
─
1.89

$                    

Common Stock Issued for Services 
The  Company  issued  a  total  of  61,598  and  55,793  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  in  2017  and  2016, 
respectively, under our 2003 Plan to our outside directors as compensation for serving on our Board.  As a 
member of the Board, each director elects to receive either 65% or 100% of the director’s fee in shares of 
our Common Stock.  The number of shares received is calculated based on 75% of the fair market value of 
our Common Stock determined on the business day immediately preceding the date that the quarterly fee is 
due.  The balance of each director’s fee, if any, is payable in cash. The Company recorded approximately 
$234,000  and  $233,000  in  compensation  expense  (included  in  SG&A)  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December  31,  2017  and  2016,  respectively,  for  the  portion  of  director  fees  earned  in  the  Company’s 
Common Stock.  

58 

 
      
         
      
         
       
         
      
         
              
        
      
         
              
        
      
         
              
        
      
         
        
         
       
         
      
         
              
        
      
         
              
        
      
         
              
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
       
                      
        
                      
       
Preferred Share Rights Plan 
In  May  2008,  the  Company  adopted  a preferred  share  rights  plan  (the  “Rights Plan”),  designed  to  ensure 
that all of our stockholders receive fair and equal treatment in the event of a proposed takeover or abusive 
tender offer.   

In  general,  under  the  terms  of the  Rights  Plan, subject to  certain  limited  exceptions, if  a  person  or  group 
acquires 20% or more of our Common Stock or a tender offer or exchange offer for 20% or more of our 
Common Stock is announced or commenced, our other stockholders may receive upon exercise of the rights 
(the  “Rights”)  issued  under  the  Rights  Plan  the  number  of  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  or  of  one-one 
hundredths of a share of our Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, having 
a  value  equal  to two times  the  purchase  price  of the Right.    In  addition, if the Company  is  acquired in a 
merger or other business combination transaction in which we are not the survivor or more than 50% of our 
assets  or  earning  power  is  sold  or  transferred,  then  each  holder  of  a  Right  (other  than  the  acquirer)  will 
thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock of the acquiring company having a value 
equal to two times the purchase price of the Right.  The initial purchase price of each Right was $13.00, 
subject to adjustment as defined in the plan.  

The  Rights  will  cause  substantial  dilution  to  a  person  or  group  that  attempts  to  acquire  us  on  terms  not 
approved  by  our  board  of  directors.  The  Rights  may  be  redeemed  by  us  at  $0.001  per  Right  at  any  time 
before  any  person  or  group  acquires  20%  or  more  of  our  outstanding  Common  Stock.    The  Rights  Plan 
terminates on May 2, 2018.  

Warrants and Common Stock Issuance for Debt 
As December 31, 2017, the Company has no Warrant outstanding.  On August 2, 2016, the Company issued 
an  aggregate  of  70,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock  resulting  from  the  exercise  of  two 
Warrants, at an exercise price of $2.23 per share, issued to two lenders in connection with a $3,000,000 loan 
dated August 2, 2013 received by the Company (See Note 9 – “Long-Term Debt – Promissory Note” for 
further information on the exercise of the Warrants and the loan).   

Shares Reserved 
At December 31, 2017, the Company has reserved approximately 624,800 shares of our Common Stock for 
future issuance under all of the option arrangements.    

NOTE 6 
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE 

The following table reconciles the income (loss) and average share amounts used to compute both basic and 
diluted income (loss) per share: 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands, Except for Per Share Amounts)
Net loss attributable to Perma-Fix Environmental Services, 

Inc., common stockholders:

Loss from continuing operations attributable to 

Years Ended 
December 31, 

2017

2016

Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. common stockholders

$

(3,088)

$

(12,675)

Loss from discontinuing operations attributable to 

Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. common stockholders
Net loss attributable to Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc.

common stockholders

Basic loss per share attributable to Perma-Fix Environmental

Services, Inc. common stockholders

Diluted loss per share attributable to Perma-Fix Environmental

Services, Inc. common stockholders

Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
Add: dilutive effect of stock options 
Add: dilutive effect of warrants

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

(592)

(730)

(3,680)

$

(13,405)

(.31) $

(1.15)

(.31) $

(1.15)

$

$

$

11,706
─

─
11,706

11,608
─

─
11,608

Potential shares excluded from above weighted average share 

calculations due to their anti-dilutive effect include:

Stock options

595

150

NOTE 7 
PREFERRED STOCK ISSUANCE AND CONVERSION 
Series B Preferred Stock 
The  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  subsidiary,  M&EC,  is  non-voting  and  non-
convertible, has a $1.00 liquidation preference per share and may be redeemed at the option of the former 
stockholders of M&EC at any time for the per share price of $1.00. The holders of the Series B Preferred 
Stock will be entitled to receive when, as, and if declared by the Board of M&EC out of legally available 
funds,  dividends  at  the  rate  of  5%  per  year  per  share  applied  to  the  amount  of  $1.00  per  share,  which 
dividends are fully cumulative. M&EC has failed to pay dividends on its Series B Preferred Stock since the 
Series  B  Preferred  Stock  was  issued.  Since  the  dividends  on  M&EC’s  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  are 
cumulative, M&EC has been accruing dividends for the Series B Preferred Stock issued July 2002, and have 
accrued  a  total  of  approximately  $995,000  of  unpaid  cumulative  dividends  since  July  2002,  of  which 
$64,000 was accrued in each of the years ended December 31, 2003 to 2017 and is included in other long 
term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

NOTE 8 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 

The Company’s discontinued operations consist of all our subsidiaries included in our Industrial Segment: 
(1) subsidiaries divested in 2011 and prior, (2) two previously closed locations, and (3) our PFSG facility,
which is currently in the process of undergoing closure, subject to regulatory approval of necessary plans
and permits.

The following table presents the major class of assets of discontinued operations at December 31, 2017 and 
2016.  The  Company’s  discontinued  operations  include  a  note  receivable  in  the  amount  of  approximately 
$375,000  recorded  in  May  2016  resulting  from  the  sale  of  property  at  our  Perma-Fix  of  Michigan,  Inc. 
(“PFMI” – a closed location) subsidiary.  This note requires 60 equal monthly installment payments by the 
buyer of approximately $7,250 (which includes interest). At December 31, 2017, receivables related to this 
transaction totaled approximately $268,000, of which approximately $73,000 is included in “Current assets 
60

  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
related  to  discontinued  operations”  and  approximately  $195,000  is  included  in  “Other  assets  related  to 
discontinued operations” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  No assets and liabilities were 
held for sale at December 31, 2017 and 2016.   

(Amounts in Thousands)
Current assets
Other assets

Total current assets

Long-term assets
Property, plant and equipment, net (1)
Other assets

Total long-term assets

Total assets 
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Environmental liabilities
Total current liabilities

Long-term liabilities
Closure liabilities
Environmental liabilities

Total long-term liabilities

Total liabilities 

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

$

$

$

$

89
89

81
195
276
365

8
265
632
905

120
239
359
1,264

$

$

$

$

85
85

81
268
349
434

13
268
677
958

113
248
361
1,319

(1) net of accumulated depreciation of $10,000 for each period presented. 

The Company incurred losses from discontinued operations of $592,000 and $730,000 for the years ended 
December  31,  2017  and  2016  (net  of  taxes  of  $0  for  each  period),  respectively.  Losses  for  the  periods 
discussed above were primarily due to costs incurred in the administration and continued monitoring of our 
discontinued operations.   

Environmental Liabilities 
The Company has three remediation projects, which are currently in progress at our Perma-Fix of Dayton, 
Inc.  (“PFD”),  Perma-Fix  of  Memphis,  Inc.  (“PFM”  –  closed  location),  and  PFSG  (in  closure  status) 
subsidiaries. The Company divested PFD in 2008; however, the environmental liability of PFD was retained 
by  the  Company  upon  the  divestiture  of  PFD.  These  remediation  projects  principally  entail  the 
removal/remediation of contaminated soil and, in most cases, the remediation of surrounding ground water.  
The remediation activities are closely reviewed and monitored by the applicable state regulators.  

At  December  31, 2017,  we  had  total accrued  environmental remediation  liabilities  of  $871,000,  of  which 
$632,000 are recorded as a current liability, a decrease of $54,000 from the December 31, 2016 balance of 
$925,000.  The  net  decrease  of  $54,000  represents  payments  on  remediation  projects  at  PFSG  and  PFD 
totaling approximately of $79,000 and an increase to the reserve of approximately $25,000 at PFD due to 
reassessment of the remediation reserve. 

The current and long-term accrued environmental liability at December 31, 2017 is summarized as follows 
(in thousands).  

PFD
PFM
PFSG
Total liability

Current
Accrual
 $                      25 



                       607 
 $                    632 

Long-term
Accrual
 $                      60 
                         15 
                       164 
 $                    239 

Total
 $                      85 
                         15 
                       771 
 $                    871 

61 

 
  
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                      
                    
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
               
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 9 
LONG-TERM DEBT  

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016: 

(Amounts in Thousands)
Revolving Credit facility dated October 31, 2011, as amended, borrowings based upon

eligible accounts receivable, subject to monthly borrowing base calculation, balance due
March 24, 2021. Effective interest rate for 2017 and 2016 was 4.1% and 3.9%, 
respectively.(1) (2)

Term Loan dated October 31, 2011, as amended, payable in equal monthly installments of 

principal of $102, balance due on March 24, 2021. Effective interest rate for 2017 
 and 2016 was 4.6% and 3.8%, respectively.(1) (2)

Total debt
Less current portion of long-term debt
Long-term debt

December 31, 
2017

December 31, 
2016

$

$

 $                3,803 

              3,847  (3)

               5,030  (3)

3,847
1,184
2,663

$

8,833
1,184
7,649

(1)   Our revolving credit facility is collateralized by our accounts receivable and our term loan is collateralized by our 
property, plant, and equipment. 

(2)   See below “Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement” for monthly payment interest options. Prior to April 1, 
2016, the monthly installment payment under the term loan was approximately $190,000.   

(3)  Net  of  debt  issuance  costs  of  ($115,000)  and  ($151,000)  at  December  31,  2017  and  December  31,  2016, 
respectively.   

 Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement 
The  Company  entered  into  an  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement,  dated  October  31,  2011  (“Amended  Loan  Agreement”),  with  PNC  National  Association 
(“PNC”), acting as agent and lender. The Amended Loan Agreement has been amended from time to time 
since  the  execution  of  the  Amended  Loan  Agreement.  The  Amended  Loan  Agreement,  as  subsequently 
amended  (“Revised  Loan  Agreement”),  provides  the  Company  with  the  following  credit  facility  with  a 
maturity date of March 24, 2021: (a) up to $12,000,000 revolving credit (“revolving credit”) and (b) a term 
loan  (“term  loan”)  of  approximately  $6,100,000,  which  requires  monthly  installments  of  approximately 
$101,600  (based  on  a  seven-year  amortization).  The  maximum  that  we  can  borrow  under  the  revolving 
credit is based on a percentage of eligible receivables (as defined) at any one time reduced by outstanding 
standby letters of credit and borrowing reductions that our lender may impose from time to time.  

Under  the  Revised  Loan  Agreement,  we  have  the  option  of  paying  an  annual  rate  of  interest  due  on  the 
revolving credit at prime plus 2% or London Inter Bank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3% and the term loan at 
prime plus 2.5% or LIBOR plus 3.5%.  

Pursuant to the Revised Loan Agreement, the Company may terminate the Revised Loan Agreement, upon 
90  days’  prior  written  notice  upon  payment  in  full  of  its  obligations  under  the Revised  Loan  Agreement. 
The  Company  agreed  to  pay  PNC  1.0%  of  the  total  financing  in  the  event  the  Company  had  paid  off  its 
obligations on or before March 23, 2017, .50% of the total financing if the Company pays off its obligations 
after March 23, 2017 but prior to or on March 23, 2018, and .25% of the total financing if the Company 
pays off its obligations after March 23, 2018 but prior to or on March 23, 2019.  No early termination fee 
shall apply if the Company pays off its obligations after March 23, 2019. 

At  December  31,  2017,  the  borrowing  availability  under  our  revolving  credit  was  approximately 
$3,687,000, based on our eligible receivables and includes an indefinite reduction of borrowing availability 
of $2,000,000 that the Company’s lender has imposed. The $2,000,000 in borrowing availability reduction 
included  a  $750,000  additional  reduction  imposed  by  the  Company’s  lender  upon  the  receipt  by  the 

62 

 
 
 
 
             
              
             
              
             
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company  in  May  2017  of  $5,941,000  in  finite  risk  funds  in  connection  with  the  cancellation  the  closure 
policy  for  the  Company’s  PFNWR  subsidiary  (see  “Note  13  –  Commitments  and  Contingencies  – 
Insurance”  for  further  discussion  of  the  closure  policy).    Our  borrowing  availability  under  our  revolving 
credit was also reduced by outstanding standby letters of credit totaling approximately $2,675,000.  

In connection with one of the amendments that the Company entered into with PNC during 2016 extending 
the  maturity  date  of  the  credit  facility,  the  Company  recorded  approximately  $68,000  in  loss  on 
extinguishment  of  debt  in  accordance  with  ASC  470-50,  “Debt  –  Modifications  and  Extinguishments,” 
which  was  included  in  interest  expense  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for 
fiscal year 2016.  Additionally, the Company paid its lenders closing fees totaling approximately $122,000 
in connection with the amendments executed in 2016 which is being amortized over the remaining term of 
the loan as interest expense-financing fees. 

The  Company’s  credit  facility  with  PNC  contains  certain  financial  covenants,  along  with  customary 
representations and warranties.  A breach of any of these financial covenants, unless waived by PNC, could 
result in a default under our credit facility allowing our lender to immediately require the repayment of all 
outstanding  debt  under  our  credit  facility  and  terminate  all  commitments  to  extend  further  credit.  The 
Company  met  all  of  its  quarterly  financial  covenant  requirements  in  2017  and  expects  to  meet  these 
financial covenant requirements in 2018 and into the first quarter of 2019.  

Promissory Note  
The  Company  entered  into  a  $3,000,000  loan  dated  August  2,  2013  with  Robert  Ferguson  and  William 
Lampson  (each  known  as  the  “Lender”).    As  consideration  for  the  Company  receiving  the  loan,  the 
Company  issued  to  each  Lender  a  Warrant  to  purchase  up  to  35,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  Common 
Stock at an exercise price of $2.23 per share. On August 2, 2016, each Lender exercised his Warrant for the 
purchase  of  35,000  shares  of  our  Common  Stock,  resulting  in  total  proceeds  paid  to  the  Company  of 
approximately $156,000. As further consideration for the loan, the Company had also issued to each Lender 
45,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The fair value of the Warrants and Common Stock and the 
related  closing  fees  incurred  from  this  transaction  were  recorded  as  debt  discount,  which  has  been  fully 
amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the loan as interest expense – financing fees. 
The loan was repaid in full by the Company in August 2016.    

The  following  table  details  the  amount  of  the  maturities  of  long-term  debt  maturing  in  future  years  at 
December 31, 2017 (net of debt issuance costs of $115,000).  

Year ending December 31:
(In thousands)

2018 $
2019
2020
2021

$

1,184
1,184
1,184
295
3,847

Total

NOTE 10 
ACCRUED EXPENSES 

Accrued expenses include the following (in thousands) at December 31:  

Salaries and employee benefits
Accrued sales, property and other tax
Interest payable
Insurance payable
Other

Total accrued expenses

63 

$    

$    

2017
2,988
402
3
630
759
4,782

2016
2,695
265
6
675
453
4,094

$    

$    

 
 
 
 
 
 
        
        
        
           
        
 
 
 
         
         
             
             
         
         
         
         
 
Each of our executives has an individual Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) for fiscal year 2017 and 2016 
which  provides  for  the  potential  payment  of  performance  compensation  (see  “Note  15  –  Related  Party 
Transactions  –  MIPs  for  further  discussion  of  the  MIPs).  No  performance  compensation  payments  were 
earned under any of the MIPs for years 2017 and 2016.  

NOTE 11 
ACCRUED CLOSURE COSTS AND ARO 

Accrued closure costs represent our estimated environmental liability to clean up our fixed-based regulated 
facilities as required by our permits, in the event of closure. Changes to reported closure liabilities for the 
years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, were as follows: 

Amounts in thousands
Balance as of December 31, 2015
Accretion expense
Payments
Adjustment to closure liability
Balance as of December 31, 2016
Accretion expense
Payments
Adjustment to closure liability
Balance as of December 31, 2017

$

$

5,301
374
(693)
2,333
7,315
460
(2,037)
2,657
8,395

As a result of the Company’s decision to close our M&EC subsidiary, the Company recorded an additional 
$1,400,000 and $1,626,000 in closure liabilities in 2017 and 2016, respectively, due to changes in estimated 
closure costs (see “Note 3 – M&EC Facility” for further information of these additional closure liabilities 
recorded). The Company also recorded an additional $1,257,000 in closure liabilities in 2017 for its DSSI 
subsidiary  due  to  changes  in  estimated  closure  costs.  Additionally,  the  Company  increased  the  closure 
liabilities for its PFNWR subsidiary in the amount of approximately $707,000 during 2016 resulting from a 
change in estimated closure costs.  

In 2017, the Company had spending of approximately $1,872,000 and $165,000 in closure related activities 
for  the  M&EC  and  PFNWR  subsidiaries,  respectively.  In  2016,  the  Company  had  spending  of 
approximately $283,000 and $410,000 in closure related activities for the M&EC and PFNWR subsidiaries, 
respectively.  The spending at our PFNWR facility for years 2017 and 2016 was made in connection with 
the closure of certain processing unit/equipment.  

At December 31, 2017, M&EC’s closure liabilities totaled approximately $2,791,000 with the entire amount 
classified  as  current.  At  December  31,  2016,  total  accrued  closure  liabilities  for  our  M&EC  subsidiary 
totaled approximately $3,058,000 of which $2,177,000 were recorded as current liabilities. 

The  reported  closure  asset  or  ARO,  is  reported  as  a  component  of  “Net  Property  and  equipment”  in  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017 and 2016 with the following activity for the years ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016: 

64 

 
 
 
 
      
         
        
      
      
         
     
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts in thousands
Balance as of December 31, 2015
Amortization of closure and post-closure asset
Adjustment to closure and post-closure asset
Balance as of December 31, 2016
Amortization of closure and post-closure asset
Impairment of closure and post-closure asset
Adjustment to closure and post-closure asset
Balance as of December 31, 2017

$

$

2,575
(760)
2,333
4,148
(1,071)
(413)
1,257
3,921

The  impairment  of  ARO  for  2017  resulted  from  the  impairment  of  M&EC’s  remaining  tangible  assets 
recorded in the third quarter of 2017 (See “Note 3 – M&EC Facility”). The adjustment made to ARO for 
2017 was due to the increase in closure liabilities recorded for the DSSI subsidiary as discussed above. The 
adjustments made to ARO for 2016 were due to the increases in closure liabilities recorded for the PFNWR 
and M&EC subsidiaries as discussed above. 

NOTE 12 
INCOME TAXES 

The  components  of  current  and  deferred  federal  and  state  income  tax  (benefit)  expense  for  continuing 
operations for the years ended December 31, consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Federal income tax (benefit) expense  - current
Federal income tax benefit - deferred
State income tax expense - current
State income tax expense (benefit) - deferred
Total income tax (benefit) expense 

2017

(780)
(778)
163
110
(1,285)

$

$

2016

9
(2,657)
59
(405)
(2,994)

$

$

An overall reconciliation between the expected tax benefit using the federal statutory rate of 34% and the 
benefit  for  income  taxes  from  continuing  operations  as  reported  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Statement of Operations is provided below (in thousands).   

Tax benefit at statutory rate
State tax benefit, net of federal benefit
Change in deferred tax rates
Impact of Tax Act
Permanent items
Difference in foreign rate
Change in deferred tax liabilities
Other
(Decrease) increase in valuation allowance
Income tax (benefit) expense 

2017
(1,640)
(295)
1,711
(1,695)
104
170
881
(135)
(386)
(1,285)

$

$

$

$

2016
(5,527)
(785)
(82)

119
98
(260)
(241)
3,684
(2,994)

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law making 
significant  changes  to  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.    Changes  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  a  federal 
corporate  tax  rate  decrease  from  35%  to  21%  for  tax  years  beginning  after  December  31,  2017,  the 
transition of U.S international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, the elimination 
of  alternative  minimum  tax  (“AMT”)  for  corporations  and  a  one-time  transition  tax  on  the  mandatory 
deemed repatriation of foreign earnings. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has estimated its provision 
for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with  the  Tax  Act  and  guidance  available  resulting  in  the  recognition  of 

65 

 
      
        
      
      
     
        
      
      
 
 
 
 
       
            
       
    
        
          
        
       
    
    
 
     
     
        
        
        
      
     
     
 
approximately  $1,695,000  of  income  tax  benefit  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017,  the  period  in  which  the 
legislation was enacted. The tax benefit of $1,695,000 consists of $916,000 related to the re-measurement of 
deferred tax assets and liabilities, based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future and 
$779,000 related to the reversal of valuation allowance and refunding of AMT credit carryforwards. 

While the Tax Act provides for a territorial tax system, beginning in 2018, it includes two new U.S. tax base 
erosion provisions, the global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) provisions and the base-erosion and 
anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) provisions. 

The  GILTI  provisions  require  the  Company  to  include  in  its  U.S.  income  tax  return  foreign  subsidiary 
earnings  in  excess  of  an  allowable  return  on  the  foreign  subsidiary’s  tangible  assets.  The  Company  has 
elected to account for GILTI tax in the period in which it is incurred, and therefore has not provided any 
deferred  tax  impacts  of  GILTI  in  its  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2017. 

The  BEAT  provisions  in  the  Tax  Act  eliminates  the deduction  of  certain  base-erosion  payments  made  to 
related foreign corporations, and imposes a minimum tax if greater than regular tax. The Company does not 
expect  it  will  be  subject  to  this  tax  and  therefore  has  not  included  any  tax  impacts  of  BEAT  in  its 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

The  Tax  Act  imposes  a  one-time  transition  tax  on  previously  untaxed  earnings  and  profits  of  foreign 
subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has current and accumulated deficits in earnings and 
profits for all of its foreign subsidiaries.  As such, the Company does not expect any exposure to the one-
time transition tax. 

The changes to existing U.S. tax laws as a result of the Tax Act, which the Company believes have the most 
significant impact on the Company’s federal income taxes are as follows: 

Reduction of the U.S. Corporate Income Tax Rate 
The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will apply in the years 
in  which  the  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  paid.  Accordingly,  the  Company’s 
deferred tax assets and liabilities were re-measured to reflect the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax 
rate from 34% to 21%, resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $916,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 
and a corresponding $916,000 decrease in net deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2017.  This benefit 
is attributable to the Company being in a net deferred tax liability position at the time of re-measurement.   

Repeal of Alternative Minimum Tax and Refund of existing AMT Credits 
The  Tax  Act  fully  repeals  the  corporate  alternative  minimum  tax  beginning  in  2018.    Additionally,  any 
AMT credits generated in prior years will be refundable between 2018 and 2021. The Company had AMT 
credits in the amount of $779,000 that it was carrying with a full valuation allowance.  As a result of the Tax 
Act, the valuation allowance against these credits is reversed and the credits are reclassified from a deferred 
tax asset to current and long-term tax receivables.   

The  Company  had  temporary  differences  and  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  from  both  our  continuing 
and discontinued operations, which gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 
2016 as follows (in thousands): 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets:

Net operating losses
Environmental and closure reserves
Depreciation and amortization
Other

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets
Prepaid expenses

Valuation allowance

Net deferred income tax liabilities

$

2017
5,992
2,158
907
1,252

$

2016
7,288
3,189

2,285


(1,694)
(50)
8,565
(10,259)
(1,694)

(162)
(2,362)
(72)
10,166
(12,528)
(2,362)

In  2017  and  2016,  the  Company  concluded  that  it  was  more  likely  than  not  that  $10,259,000  and 
$12,528,000 of our deferred income tax assets would not be realized, and as such, a full valuation allowance 
was applied against those deferred income tax assets.  

The  Company  has  estimated  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  (“NOLs”)  for  federal  and  state  income  tax 
purposes  of  approximately  $10,099,000  and  $57,956,000,  respectively,  as  of  December  31,  2017.    The 
estimated  consolidated  federal  and  state  NOLs  include  approximately  $2,618,000  and  $3,769,000, 
respectively, of our majority-owned subsidiary, PF Medical, which is not part of our consolidated group for 
tax purposes.  These net operating losses can be carried forward and applied against future taxable income, 
if any, and expire in various amounts starting in 2021.  However, as a result of various stock offerings and 
certain acquisitions, which in the aggregate constitute a change in control, the use of these NOLs will be 
limited  under  the  provisions  of  Section  382  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.  
Additionally,  NOLs  may  be  further  limited  under  the  provisions  of  Treasury  Regulation  1.1502-21 
regarding Separate Return Limitation Years. 

The tax years 2014 through 2016 remain open to examination by taxing authorities in the jurisdictions in 
which the Company operates. 

No  uncertain  tax  positions  were  identified  by  the  Company  for  the  years  currently  open  under  statute  of 
limitations, including 2017 and 2016.   

The Company had no federal income tax payable for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

NOTE 13 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Hazardous Waste 
In connection with our waste management services, we process both hazardous and non-hazardous waste, 
which  we transport  to  our own,  or  other,  facilities  for  destruction  or  disposal.  As  a  result of disposing  of 
hazardous  substances,  in  the  event  any  cleanup  is  required  at  the  disposal  site,  we  could  be  a  potentially 
responsible party for the costs of the cleanup notwithstanding any absence of fault on our part. 

Legal Matters 
In the normal course of conducting our business, we are involved in various litigation. We are not a party to 
any litigation or governmental proceeding which our management believes could result in any judgments  
or fines against us that would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity or results of 
future operations. 

Insurance 
The Company has a 25-year finite risk insurance policy entered into in June 2003 (“Master Closure Policy”) 
with AIG, which provides financial assurance to the applicable states for our permitted facilities in the event 
67 

 
    
    
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of unforeseen closure. The Master Closure Policy, as amended, provides for a maximum allowable coverage 
of $39,000,000 and has available capacity to allow for annual inflation and other performance and surety 
bond requirements. All of the required payments for this Master Closure Policy, as amended, were made by 
2012.  At  December  31,  2017,  our  financial  assurance  coverage  amount  under  this  Master  Closure  Policy 
totaled  approximately  $29,473,000,  which  included  a  reduction  in  financial  assurance  requirement  of 
approximately $9,711,000 for our DSSI subsidiary made during the fourth quarter of 2016 resulting from a 
recalculation  the  state  mandated  closure  requirement.  The  Company  has  recorded  $15,676,000  and 
$15,546,000  in  sinking  fund  related  to  this  policy  in  other  long  term  assets  on  the  accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, which includes interest earned 
of $1,205,000 and $1,075,000 on the sinking fund as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Interest 
income for the years ended 2017 and 2016 was approximately $130,000 and $86,000, respectively.  If the 
Company  so  elects,  AIG  is  obligated  to  pay  the  Company  an  amount  equal  to  100%  of  the  sinking  fund 
account balance in return for complete release of liability from both us and any applicable regulatory agency 
using this policy as an instrument to comply with financial assurance requirements. 

The Company also had a finite risk insurance policy dated August 2007 for our PFNWR facility with AIG 
(“PFNWR policy”) which provided financial assurance to the State of Washington in the event of closure of 
the PFNWR facility. The Company had recorded $5,941,000 in finite risk sinking funds at December 31, 
2016 in other long term assets on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets which included interest 
earned of $241,000 on the sinking fund. In April 2017, the Company received final releases from state and 
federal  regulators  for  the  PFNWR  policy  which  enabled  the  Company  to  cancel  the  PFNWR  policy 
resulting in the release of approximately $5,951,000 on May 1, 2017 in finite sinking funds previously held 
by AIG as collateral for the PFNWR policy. The Company used the released finite sinking funds to pay off 
our  revolving  credit  with  the  remaining  funds  used  for  general  working  capital  needs.  The  Company  has 
acquired  new  bonds  in  the  required  amount  of  approximately  $7,000,000  (“new  bonds”)  to  replace  the 
PFNWR policy in providing financial assurance for the PFNWR facility. Upon receipt of the $5,951,000 in 
finite sinking funds from AIG, the Company and its lender executed a standby letter of credit in the amount 
of $2,500,000 as collateral for the new bonds for the PFNWR facility. In addition, the Company’s lender 
imposed  an  additional  $750,000  restriction  on  the  Company’s  borrowing  availability  pursuant  to  a 
“Condition Subsequent” clause in an amendment that the Company entered into with its lender in the latter 
part of 2016. Interest income earned under the PFNWR policy for the years ended December 2017 and 2016 
was approximately $10,000 and $21,000, respectively.  

Letter of Credits and Bonding Requirements 
From time to time, the Company is required to post standby letters of credit and various bonds to support 
contractual  obligations  to  customers  and  other  obligations,  including  facility  closures.    At  December  31, 
2017,  the  total  amount  of  standby  letters  of  credit  outstanding  totaled  approximately  $2,675,000  and  the 
total amount of bonds outstanding totaled approximately $8,305,000.  

Operating Leases 
The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases.  The following 
table lists future minimum rental payments at December 31, 2017 under these (in thousands):  

Year ending December 31:

2018
2019
2020
2021
Total

366
141
118
20
645

$                            

Total  rent  expense  under  these  leases  was  $754,000  and  $735,000  for  the  years  ended  2017  and  2016, 
respectively.  

NOTE 14 
PROFIT SHARING PLAN 

68 

 
 
 
     
                              
                              
                              
                                
 
 
The Company adopted a 401(k) Plan in 1992, which is intended to comply with Section 401 of the Internal 
Revenue Code and the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. All full-time 
employees  who  have  attained  the  age  of  18  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  401(k)  Plan.    Eligibility  is 
immediate upon employment but enrollment is only allowed during four quarterly open periods of January 
1, April 1, July 1, and October 1.  Participating employees may make annual pretax contributions to their 
accounts up to 100% of their compensation, up to a maximum amount as limited by law. The Company, at 
its  discretion,  may  make  matching  contributions  of  25%  based  on  the  employee’s  elective  contributions.  
Company  contributions  vest  over  a  period  of  five  years.  In  2017  and  2016,  the  Company  contributed 
approximately $326,000 and $307,000 in 401(k) matching funds, respectively. 

NOTE 15 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

David Centofanti 
David  Centofanti  serves  as  our  Vice  President  of  Information  Systems.    For  such  position,  he  received 
annual compensation of $168,000 for each of the years 2017 and 2016. David Centofanti is the son of our 
EVP  of  Strategic  Initiatives  and  a  Board  member,  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti.  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti  previously 
held the position of President and CEO until September 8, 2017.  

Robert L. Ferguson 
Robert L. Ferguson serves as an advisor to our Board and is also a member of the Supervisory Board of PF 
Medical, our majority-owned Polish subsidiary. Robert Ferguson previously served as our Board member 
from  June  2007  to  February  2010  and  again  from  August  2011  to  September  2012.  The  Company 
previously  completed  a  lending  transaction  with  Robert  Ferguson  and  William  Lampson  in  August  2013 
(collectively, the “Lenders”) whereby we borrowed from the Lenders $3,000,000 which was paid in full by 
us in August 2016 (see “Note 9 – Long-Term Debt – Promissory Note” for further details).  As an advisor to 
our  Board,  Robert  Ferguson  is  paid  $4,000  monthly  plus  reasonable  expenses.  For  such  services,  Robert 
Ferguson  received  compensation  of  approximately  $51,000  and  $59,000  for  the  years  2017  and  2016, 
respectively. Robert Ferguson is also a consultant to us in connection with our TBI at our PFNWR facility 
(see “Note 5 – Capital Stock, Stock Plan, Warrants, and Stock Based Compensation” for a discussion of the 
options granted to Robert Ferguson in connection with the TBI initiatives).  

 John Climaco 
John  Climaco,  who  had  been  a  Board  member  since  October  2013,  did  not  stand  for  reelection  at  the 
Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on July 27, 2017.  In addition to his previous service 
as a Board member, John Climaco also served as EVP of PF Medical, a majority-owned Polish subsidiary 
of the Company, from June 2, 2015 to June 30, 2017. As EVP of PF Medical, John Climaco received an 
annual  salary  of  $150,000  and  was  not  eligible  to  receive  compensation  for  serving  on  the  Company’s 
Board.  PF Medical had entered into a multi-year supplier agreement and stock subscription agreement in 
July 2015 with Digirad Corporation, where John Climaco serves as a board member.  

Employment Agreements 
The Company entered into employment agreements with each of Mark Duff (President and CEO effective 
September  8,  2017,  who  previously  held  the  position  of  EVP  and  COO),  Ben  Naccarato  (CFO),  and  Dr. 
Louis  Centofanti,  (EVP  of  Strategic  Initiatives,  who  retired  from  the  position  of  President  and  CEO 
effective  September  8,  2017)  with  each  employment  agreement  dated  September  8,  2017.  Each  of  the 
employment  agreements  is  effective  for  three  years  from  September  8,  2017  (the  “Initial  Term”)  unless 
earlier  terminated  by  us  or  by  the  executive  officer.  At  the  end  of  the  Initial  Term  of  each  employment 
agreement,  each  employment  agreement  will  automatically  be  extended  for  one  additional  year,  unless  at 
least  six  months  prior  to  the  expiration  of  the  Initial  Term,  we  or  the  executive  officer  provides  written 
notice  not  to  extend  the  terms  of  the  employment  agreement.  Each  employment  agreement  provides  for 
annual  base  salaries,  performance  bonuses  as  provided  in  the  MIP  as  approved  by  our  Board,  and  other 
benefits commonly found in such agreements. In addition, each employment agreement provides that in the 
event the executive officer terminates his employment for “good reason” (as defined in the agreements) or is 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
terminated by the Company without cause (including the executive officer terminating his employment for 
“good reason” or is terminated by us without cause within 24 months after a Change in Control (as defined 
in the agreement)), the Company will pay the executive officer the following: (a) a sum equal to any unpaid 
base salary; (b) accrued unused vacation time and any employee benefits accrued as of termination but not 
yet been paid (“Accrued Amounts”); (c) two years of full base salary; (d) performance compensation under 
the  MIP  earned  with  respect  to  the  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  termination;  and  (e)  an 
additional year of performance compensation as provided under the MIP earned, if not already paid, with 
respect  to  the  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  termination.  If  the  executive  terminates  his 
employment  for  a  reason  other  than  for  good  reason,  the  Company  will  pay  to  the  executive  the  amount 
equal to the Accrued Amounts plus any performance compensation payable pursuant to the MIP.   

If  there  is  a  Change  in  Control  (as  defined  in  the  agreements),  all  outstanding  stock  options  to  purchase 
common stock held by the executive officer will immediately become exercisable in full commencing on 
the date of termination through the original term of the options. In the event of the death of an executive 
officer,  all  outstanding  stock  options  to  purchase  common  stock  held  by  the  executive  officer  will 
immediately become exercisable in full commencing on the date of death, with such options exercisable for 
the lesser of the original option term or twelve months from the date of the executive officer’s death. In the 
event of an executive officer terminating his employment for “good reason” or is terminated by us without 
cause,  all  outstanding  stock  options  to  purchase  common  stock  held  by  the  executive  officer  will 
immediately  become  exercisable  in  full  commencing  on  the  date  of  termination,  with  such  options 
exercisable for the lesser of the original option term or within 60 days from the date of the executive’s date 
of termination.  

We  had  previously  entered  into  an  employment  agreement  with  each  of  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti  and  Ben 
Naccarato  on  July  10,  2014  which  both  employment  agreements  are  due  to  expire  on  July  10,  2018,  as 
amended  (the  “July  10,  2014  Employment  Agreements”).  We  also  had  previously  entered  into  an 
employment agreement dated January 19, 2017 (which was effective June 11, 2016) with Mark Duff which 
is  due  to  expire  on  June  11,  2019  (the  “January  19,  2017  Employment  Agreement”).  The  July  10,  2014 
Employment  Agreements  and  the  January  19,  2017  Employment  Agreement  were  terminated  effective 
September 8, 2017.   

MIPs 
On January 19, 2017, our Board and the Compensation Committee approved individual MIP for each Mark 
Duff, Ben Naccarato, and Dr. Louis Centofanti. Each MIP is effective January 1, 2017 and applicable for the 
year ended December 31, 2017. Each MIP provides guidelines for the calculation of annual cash incentive 
based  compensation,  subject  to  Compensation  Committee  oversight  and  modification.  Each  MIP  awards 
cash compensation based on achievement of performance thresholds, with the amount of such compensation 
established as a percentage of the executive’s 2017 annual base salary on the approval date of the MIP. The 
potential target performance compensation ranges approved was from 5% to 100% ($13,962 to $279,248) of 
the  base  salary  for  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti,  EVP  of  Strategic  Initiatives  effective  September  8,  2017  and 
previously  the  CEO  and  President;  5%  to  100%  ($13,350  to  $267,000)  of  the  base  salary  for  Mark  Duff, 
CEO and President effective September 8, 2017 and previously the EVP/COO; and 5% to 100% ($11,033 to 
$220,667) of the base salary for Ben Naccarato, CFO. Pursuant to the MIPs, the Compensation Committee 
had  the  right  to  modify,  change  or  terminate  the  MIPs  at  any  time  and  for  any  reason.  No  performance 
compensation was earned or payable under each of the 2017 MIPs as discussed above. 

NOTE 16 
SEGMENT REPORTING 

In accordance with ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, we define an operating segment as a business activity: 

•  from which we may earn revenue and incur expenses; 
•  whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker 

(“CODM”) to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its 
performance; and 

70 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
•  for which discrete financial information is available. 

We  currently  have  three  reporting  segments,  which  include  Treatment  and  Services  Segments,  which  are 
based on a service offering approach; and Medical, whose primary purpose at this time is the R&D of a new 
medical isotope production technology. The Medical Segment has not generated any revenues and all costs 
incurred  are  reflected  within  R&D  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.    Our 
reporting  segments  exclude  our  corporate  headquarter  and  our  discontinued  operations  (see  “Note  8  – 
Discontinued Operations”) which do not generate revenues. 

The table below shows certain financial information of our reporting segments as of and for the years then 
ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands). 

Segment Reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017

Revenue from external customers
Intercompany revenues
Gross profit
Research and development
Interest income
Interest expense
Interest expense-financing fees
Depreciation and amortization
Segment income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Segment income (loss) 
Segment assets(1)
Expenditures for segment assets
Total debt

Treatment
 $       37,750 
               362 
            7,916 
               439 


               (35)


Services
 $       12,019 
                 31 
               704 



                 (5)


            3,228 
            3,577  (6) 
          (1,290) (7) 
            4,867 
          32,724 
               396 

               536 
          (2,286)

          (2,286)
            6,324 
                 43 





Medical





            1,141 





          (1,141)

          (1,141)
               548 




Segment Reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016

  Segments 
Total

 $       49,769  (3) 
               393 
            8,620 
            1,580 


               (40)


            3,764 
               150 
          (1,290)
            1,440 
          39,596 
               439 

Corporate 
$         —



               15 
             140 
           (275)
             (35)
               39 
        (4,973)
                 5 
        (4,978)
        19,942  (4)





          3,847  (5)

(2)

Consolidated 
Total
 $        49,769 



             8,620 
             1,595 
                140 
              (315)
                (35)
             3,803 
           (4,823)
           (1,285)
           (3,538)
           59,538 
                439 
             3,847 

Revenue from external customers
Intercompany revenues
Gross profit
Research and development
Interest income
Interest expense
Interest expense-financing fees
Depreciation and amortization
Segment (loss) income before income taxes
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Segment (loss) income 
Segment assets(1)
Expenditures for segment assets
Total debt

Treatment
 $       32,253 
                 40 
            4,015 
               504 
                   3 
               (29)


            3,451 
        (10,119) (6) 
          (3,013) (7) 
          (7,106)
          32,482 
               418 

Services
 $       18,966 
                 28 
            3,069 
                 38 


                 (2)


               632 
               744 



               744 
            8,105 
                 17 

Medical





            1,489 





          (1,489)

          (1,489)
               382 
                   1 

  Segments 
Total

 $       51,219  (3) 
                 68 
            7,084 
            2,031 
                   3 
               (31)


            4,083 
        (10,864)
          (3,013)
          (7,851)
          40,969 
               436 

Corporate 
$         —



               15 
             107 
           (458)
           (108)
               82 
        (5,393)
               19 
        (5,412)
        24,366  (4)











          8,833  (5)

(2)

Consolidated 
Total
 $        51,219 



             7,084 
             2,046 
                110 
              (489)
              (108)
             4,165 
         (16,257)
           (2,994)
         (13,263)
           65,335 
                436 
             8,833 

(1)   Segment assets have been adjusted for intercompany accounts to reflect actual assets for each segment. 

(2)   Amounts reflect the activity for corporate headquarters not included in the segment information. 

(3) The Company performed services relating to waste generated by the federal government, either directly as a prime contractor or 
indirectly  for  others  as  a  subcontractor  to  the  federal  government,  representing  approximately  $36,654,000  or  73.6%  of  total 
revenue for 2017 and $27,354,000 or 53.4% of total revenue for 2016.  The following reflects such revenue generated by our 
two segments: 

71 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Treatment
Services
Total

2017
27,591,000
9,063,000
36,654,000

$

$

2016
21,434,000
5,920,000
27,354,000

$

$

(4)  Amount  includes  assets  from  our  discontinued  operations  of  $365,000  and  $434,000  at  December  31,  2017  and  2016, 

respectively.  

(5)  net of debt issuance costs of ($115,000) and ($151,000) for 2017 and 2016, respectively (see “Note 9 – “Long-Term Debt” for 

additional information). 

(6)  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  amounts  include  tangible  and  intangible  asset  impairment  losses  of  $1,816,000  and 
$8,288,000, respectively, recorded in connection with the pending closure of M&EC. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 
amount  includes  tangible  asset  impairment  loss  of  $672,000  recorded  in  connection  with  the  pending  closure  of  M&EC  (see 
“Note 3 – M&EC Facility”). 

(7)  For the year ended December 31, 2016, amount includes a tax benefit of approximately $3,203,000 recorded resulting from the 
intangible impairment loss recorded for our M&EC subsidiary (see “Note 3 – M&EC Facility”). For the year ended December 
31, 2017, amount includes a tax benefit recorded in the amount of approximately $1,695,000 resulting from the Tax Cuts and 
Jobs Act enacted on December 22, 2017 (see “Note 12 – Income Taxes” for further information of this tax benefit). 

NOTE 17 
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

MIPs 
On January 18, 2018, the Board and Compensation Committee approved individual MIP for the CEO, CFO, 
and EVP of Strategic Initiatives. Each MIP is effective January 1, 2018 and applicable for the year ended 
December  31,  2018.  Each  MIP  provides  guidelines  for  the  calculation  of  annual  cash  incentive  based 
compensation,  subject  to  Compensation  Committee  oversight  and  modification.  Each  MIP  awards  cash 
compensation  based  on  achievement  of  performance  thresholds,  with  the  amount  of  such  compensation 
established as a percentage of the executive’s annual 2018 base salary on the approval date of the MIP. The 
potential  target  performance  compensation  ranges  from  5%  to  100%  of  the  2018  base  salary  for  the  CEO 
($13,350 to $267,000), 5% to 100% of the 2018 base salary for the CFO ($11,475 to $229,494), and 5% to 
100% of the 2018 base salary for the EVP of Strategic Initiatives ($11,170 to $223,400).  

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING 

AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 
None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information 
required  to  be  disclosed  in  our  periodic  reports  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (the “Commission”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the 
time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Commission and that such information is 
accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer 
(“CEO”)  (Principal  Executive  Officer),  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”)  (Principal 
Financial Officer), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure. 
In  designing  and  assessing  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  our  management 
recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can 
provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their stated control objectives and are subject 
to  certain  limitations,  including  the  exercise  of  judgment  by  individuals,  the  difficulty  in 
identifying  unlikely  future  events,  and  the  difficulty  in  eliminating  misconduct  completely.  
Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of 
our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  of  the 
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  Based  upon  this  assessment,  our  CEO  and 
CFO  have  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  as  of 

72 

 
   
   
     
     
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017.  

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control 
over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  of  the 
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to 
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  accounting 
principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.  Because  of  its  inherent 
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements 
or  fraudulent  acts.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are 
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or 
that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.  A  control 
system, no matter how well designed, can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to 
financial statement preparation and presentation.   

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain 
to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance 
that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United 
States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in 
accordance with appropriate authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and 
(iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the 
consolidated financial statements. 

Management,  with  the  participation  of  our  CEO  and  CFO,  conducted  an  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 based on the 
framework  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, 
management,  with  the  participation  of  our  CEO  and  CFO,  concluded  that  the  Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017. 

This  Form  10-K  does  not  include  an  attestation  report  of  the  Company’s  independent 
registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.  Since the 
Company is not a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, management’s report was not 
subject  to  attestation  by  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm 
pursuant  to  the  rules  of  the  Commission  that  permit  the  Company  to  provide  only 
management’s report in this Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the fiscal 
quarter  ended  December 31,  2017  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

PART III 

DIRECTORS 
The following table sets forth, as of the date of this Report, information concerning our Board of Directors 
(“Board”): 

AGE  POSITION 

NAME  
Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 
Mr. S. Robert Cochran  
Dr. Gary Kugler 
Honorable Joe R. Reeder 
Mr. Larry M. Shelton  
Mr. Zach P. Wamp (1) 
Mr. Mark A. Zwecker 
Each director is elected to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. 

74  Director; EVP of Strategic Initiatives; President of PF Medical  
64  Director 
77  Director 
70  Director 
64  Chairman of the Board 
60  Director 
67  Director 

(1) Mr. Zach Wamp was unanimously elected by the Board as a director effective January 18, 2018 to fill a vacancy on the Board.  

Director Information 
Our  directors  and  executive  officers,  their  ages,  the  positions  with  us  held  by  each  of  them,  the  periods 
during which they have served in such positions and a summary of their recent business experience is set 
forth  below.  Each  of  the  biographies  of  the  current  directors  listed  below  also  contains  information 
regarding  such  person's  service  as  a  director,  business  experience,  director  positions  with  other  public 
companies  held  currently  or  at  any  time  during  the  past  five  years,  and  the  experience,  qualifications, 
attributes and skills that our Board considered in nominating or appointing each of them to serve as one of 
our directors. 

Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 
Dr. Centofanti currently holds the position of EVP of Strategic Initiatives. Effective January 26, 2018, Dr. 
Centofanti  was  appointed  to  the  position  of  President  of  PF  Medical  and  no  longer  a  member  of  the 
Supervisory  Board  of  PF  Medical  (a  position  he  had  held  since  June  2,  2015).  From  March  1996  to 
September  8,  2017  and  from  February  1991  to  September  1995,  Dr.  Centofanti  held  the  position  of 
President and CEO of the Company. Dr. Centofanti served as Chairman of the Board from the Company’s 
inception in February 1991 until December 16, 2014. In January 2015, Dr. Centofanti was appointed by the 
U.S Secretary of Commerce Penny Prizker to serve on the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Civil Nuclear 
Trade Advisory Committee (CINTAC). The CINTAC is composed of industry representatives from the civil 
nuclear  industry  and  meets  periodically  throughout  the  year  to  discuss  the  critical  trade  issues  facing  the 
U.S.  civil  nuclear  sector.  From  1985  until  joining  the  Company,  Dr.  Centofanti  served  as  Senior  Vice 
President (“SVP”) of USPCI, Inc., a large publicly-held hazardous waste management company, where he 
was responsible for managing the treatment, reclamation and technical groups within USPCI.  In 1981, he 
founded PPM, Inc. (later sold to USPCI), a hazardous waste management company specializing in treating 
PCB contaminated oil.  From 1978 to 1981, Dr. Centofanti served as Regional Administrator of the U.S. 
Department of Energy for the southeastern region of the United States.  Dr. Centofanti has a Ph.D. and a 
M.S.  in  Chemistry  from  the  University  of  Michigan,  and  a  B.S.  in  Chemistry  from  Youngstown  State 
University.  

As  founder  of  Perma-Fix  and  PPM,  Inc.,  and  as  a  senior  executive  at  USPCI,  Dr.  Centofanti  combines 
extensive  business  experience  in  the  waste  management  industry  with  a  drive  for  innovative  technology 
which  is  critical  for  a  waste  management  company.  In  addition,  his  service  in  the  government  sector 
provides a solid foundation for the continuing growth of the Company, particularly within the Company’s 
Nuclear  business.  Dr.  Centofanti’s  comprehensive  understanding  of  the  Company’s  operations  and  his 
extensive  knowledge  of  its  history,  coupled  with  his  drive  for  innovation  and  excellence,  positions  Dr. 
74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Centofanti to optimize our role in this competitive, evolving market, and led the Board to conclude that he 
should serve as a director. 

Mr. S. Robert Cochran  
Mr. Cochran was appointed by the Board as a director effective January 13, 2017 and was reelected as a 
director  on  July  27,  2017  at  the  Company’s  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (“2017  Annual  Meeting”).  
Since  November  2015,  Mr.  Cochran  has  served  as  President  and  CEO  of  CTG,  LLC,  a  company  that 
provides  strategic  business  development  support,  as  well  as  acquisitions  and  business/management 
restructuring  activity  support.  Since  April  2012,  Mr.  Cochran  has  been  a  director  of  Longenecker  & 
Associates, Inc., a privately held consulting firm that provides highly specialized, fast-response technical-
management  support  to  nuclear  and  environmental  industries.  From  March  2012  to  November  2015,  Mr. 
Cochran served as President and Officer Director of CB&I Federal Services, LLC (a subsidiary of Chicago 
Bridge  &  Iron  Company,  NYSE:  CBI),  which  provides  mission-critical  services  primarily  to  the  U.S. 
federal  government.  From  2006  to  2011,  Mr.  Cochran  served  as  President  of  B&W  Technical  Service 
Group, Inc., an operating group of The Babcock & Wilcox Company (NYSE: BW), which provides support 
to government and commercial clients, including management and operation of complex high-consequence 
nuclear  facilities,  nuclear  material  processing  and  manufacturing,  classified  component  manufacturing, 
engineering,  procurement  and  construction  of  major  capital  projects,  nuclear  safeguards  and  security, 
environmental cleanup and remediation, and nuclear-facility deactivation. From 2007 to 2011, Mr. Cochran 
served as Chairman of the Board of Pantex LLC and B&W Y-12, where he had direct responsibility for the 
performance  and  operations  associated  with  nuclear  weapons  production  enterprise.  Before  joining  The 
Babcock & Wilcox Company, Mr. Cochran worked for more than 20 years in operations and development 
within the engineering, construction, facilities management and operations, environmental technology, and 
remediation  industries.  This  experience  includes  serving  as  President  and  CEO  of  MAGma  LLC,  a 
privately-held  company  that  provided  management  and  operational  restructuring,  strategic  development, 
and  acquisition/divestiture  services  to  the  public  utility,  engineering  and  construction,  and  Department  of 
Energy business sectors. Additionally, as its SVP, Mr. Cochran led Tyco Infrastructure’s development and 
delivery of services, opening new  markets and service areas valued at more than $1 billion. Mr. Cochran 
received  an  executive  M.B.A.  from  the  University  of  Richmond’s  Robins  School  of  Business  and  a  B.S. 
from James Madison University. 

Mr. Cochran has had an extensive career in solving and overseeing solutions to complex issues involving 
both  domestic  and  international  concerns.  In  addition,  his  government  related  services  provide  solid 
experience  for  the  continuing  growth  of  the  Company’s  Treatment  and  Services  Segments.  His  extensive 
knowledge and problem-solving experience enhances the Board’s ability to address significant challenges in 
the nuclear market, and led the Board to conclude that he should serve as a director.  

Dr. Gary G. Kugler 
Dr.  Gary  Kugler,  a  director  since  September  2013,  served  as  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  the  Nuclear 
Waste Management Organization (“NWMO”) from 2006 to June 2014, where he led its oversight through 
the work of four committees, including an Audit-Finance-Risk Committee. NWMO was established under 
the  Canadian  Nuclear  Fuel  Waste  Act  (2002)  to  investigate  and  implement  approaches  for  managing 
Canada’s  used  nuclear  fuel.    Dr.  Kugler  also  served  on  the  Board  of  Ontario  Power  Generation,  Inc. 
(“OPG”) from 2004 to March 2014 where he served as a member on four different committees, including 
the  Audit,  Finance,  and  Risk  Committee  from  2004  to  2008.  OPG  is  one  of  Canada’s  largest  electricity 
generation companies, owning 18 nuclear, 65 hydro, and two biomass power plants. Dr. Kugler served as a 
member of the Supervisory Board of PF Medical from June 2015 to December 2016.  Dr. Kugler has had an 
extensive career in the nuclear industry, both nationally and internationally. He retired from Atomic Energy 
of Canada Limited (“AECL”) as SVP, Nuclear Products & Services, in 2004, where he was responsible for 
all  of  AECL’s  commercial  operations,  including  nuclear  power  plant  sales  and  services  world-wide.  
During his 34 years with AECL, he held various technical, project management, business development, and 
executive  positions.    Prior  to  joining  AECL,  Dr.  Kugler  served  as  a  pilot  in  the  Canadian  air  force.    He 
holds a Ph.D. in nuclear physics from McMaster University and is a graduate of the Directors Education 
Program of the Institute of Corporate Directors.   

Dr. Kugler’s extensive  career  in  the  nuclear  industry,  both  nationally  and  internationally,  brings  valuable 
75 

 
 
 
 
 
insight  and  knowledge  to  the  Company  as  it  expands  its  business  internationally,  and  led  the  Board  to 
conclude that he should serve as a director.    

Honorable Joe R. Reeder 
Mr. Reeder, a director since 2003, served as Shareholder-in-Charge of the Mid-Atlantic Region (1999-2008) 
for Greenberg Traurig LLP, one of the nation's largest law firms, with 38 offices and approximately 2,000 
attorneys  worldwide.  Currently,  a  principal  shareholder  in  the  law  firm,  Mr.  Reeder’s  clientele  includes 
sovereign nations, international corporations, and law firms. As the 14th Undersecretary of the U.S. Army 
(1993-97), Mr. Reeder also served for three years as Chairman of the Panama Canal Commission's Board 
where he oversaw a multibillion-dollar infrastructure program, and, for the past 14 years he has served on 
the  International  Advisory  Board  of  the  Panama  Canal.  He  has  served  on  the  boards  of  the  National 
Defense  Industry  Association  (“NDIA”)  (Chairing  NDIA’s  Ethics  Committee),  the  Armed  Services 
YMCA, and  many  other  private  companies  and  charitable  organizations.  Following  successive 
appointments  by  Virginia  Governors  Mark  Warner  and  Tim  Kaine,  Mr.  Reeder  served  seven  years  as 
Chairman  of  two  Commonwealth  of  Virginia  military  boards  and  served  ten  years  on  the  National  USO 
Board. Mr. Reeder was appointed by Governor Terry McCauliffe to the Virginia Military Institute’s Board 
of  Visitors  (2014).  Mr.  Reeder  is  also  a  television  commentator  on legal  and  national  security 
issues. Among other corporate positions, he has been a director since September 2005 for ELBIT Systems 
of America, LLC, a subsidiary of Elbit Systems Ltd. (NASDAQ: ESLT), that provides product and system 
solutions  focusing  on  defense,  homeland  security,  and  commercial  aviation.  Mr.  Reeder  also  served  as  a 
Board  member  for  Washington  First  Bank  (since  April  2004),  and  of  its  parent,  Washington  First 
Bankshares, Inc. (since 2009). As of December 13, 2017, Mr. Reeder serves as a Board member for Sandy 
Spring  Bancorp,  Inc.  (NASDAQ:  SASR),  which  purchased  Washington  First  Bank  in  the  last  quarter  of 
2017. A graduate of West Point who served in the 82nd Airborne Division following Ranger School, Mr. 
Reeder earned his J.D. from the University of Texas and his L.L.M. from Georgetown University.    

Mr. Reeder has a distinguished career in solving and overseeing solutions to complex issues involving both 
domestic  and  international  concerns.  His  extensive  knowledge  and  problem-solving  experience  has 
enhanced the Board’s ability to address significant challenges in the nuclear market, and led the Board to 
conclude that he should serve as a director.  

Mr. Larry M. Shelton 
Mr. Shelton, a director since July 2006, has also held the position of Chairman of the Board of the Company 
since December 16, 2014. Mr. Shelton currently is the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) (since 1999) of S K 
Hart Management, LLC, a private investment management company.   Mr. Shelton served as President of 
Pony  Express  Land  Development,  Inc.  (an  affiliate  of  SK  Hart  Management,  LLC),  a  privately-held  land 
development  company,  from  January  2013  to  until  August  2017  and  has  served  on  the  Board  since 
December 2005. In March 2012, he was appointed Director and CFO of S K Hart Ranches (PTY) Ltd, a 
private South African Company involved in agriculture. Mr. Shelton served as a member of the Supervisory 
Board of PF Medical from April 2014 to December 2016. Mr. Shelton has over 19 years of experience as an 
executive  financial  officer  for  several  waste  management  companies,  including  as  CFO  of  Envirocare  of 
Utah,  Inc.  (now  Energy  Solutions  (1995–1999))  and  CFO  of  USPCI,  Inc.  (1982–1987),  a  NYSE-  listed 
company.  Since  July  1989,  Mr.  Shelton  has  served  on  the  Board  of  Subsurface  Technologies,  Inc.,  a 
privately-held company specializing in providing environmentally sound innovative solutions for water well 
rehabilitation and development. Mr. Shelton has a B.A. in accounting from the University of Oklahoma. 

With  his  years  of  accounting  experience  as  CFO  for  various  companies,  including  a  number  of  waste 
management  companies,  Mr.  Shelton  combines  extensive  knowledge  and  understanding  of  accounting 
principles,  financial  reporting  requirements,  evaluating  and  overseeing  financial  reporting  processes  and 
business matters.  These factors led the Board to conclude that he should serve as a director. 

Mr. Zach P. Wamp 
Mr. Zach Wamp was unanimously elected by the Board to fill a vacancy on the Board effective January 18, 
2018.  Mr. Wamp is currently the President of Zach Wamp Consulting, a position he has held since 2011.  
As  the  President  and  owner  of  Zach  Wamp  Consulting,  he  has  served  some  of  the  most  prominent 
companies  from  Silicon  Valley  to  Wall  Street  as  a  business  development  consultant  and  advisor.  From 
76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
September 2013 to November 2017, Mr. Wamp chaired the Board of Directors for Chicago Bridge and Iron 
Federal  Services,  LLC  (a  subsidiary  of  Chicago  Bridge  &  Iron  Company,  NYSE:  CBI,  which  provides 
critical services primarily to the U.S. federal government).  From January 1995 to January 2011, Mr. Wamp 
served as a member of the U.S. House of Representatives from Tennessee’s 3rd district.  His district included 
the  Oak  Ridge  National  Laboratory,  with  strong  science  and  research  missions  from  energy  to  homeland 
security. Among his many accomplishments which included various leadership roles in the advancement of 
education and science, Mr. Wamp was instrumental in the formation and success of the Tennessee Valley 
Technology Corridor, which created thousands of jobs for Tennesseans in the areas of high-tech research, 
development,  and  manufacturing.  During  his  career  in  the  political  arena,  Mr.  Wamp  served  on  several 
prominent subcommittees during his 14 years on the House Appropriations Committee, including serving as 
a  “ranking  member”  of  the  Subcommittee  on  Military  Construction  and  Veterans  Affairs  and  Related 
Agencies.  Mr.  Wamp  has  been  a  regular  panelist  on  numerous  media  outlet  and  has  been  featured  in  a 
number  of  national  publications  effectively  articulating  sound  social  and  economic  policy.  Mr.  Wamp’s 
business career has also included work in the real estate sector for a number of years as a licensed industrial-
commercial real estate broker where he was named Chattanooga’s Small Business Person of the Year. He is 
a  founding  partner  in  Learning  Blade,  the  nation’s  premiere  STEM  education  platform  which  is  now 
operating at some level in 28 states.   

Mr. Wamp has extensive career in solving and overseeing solutions to complex issues involving domestic 
concerns.  In  addition,  his  wide-ranging  career,  particularly  with  respect  to  his  government-related  work, 
provides solid experience for the continuing growth of the Company’s Treatment and Services Segments. 
His  extensive  knowledge  and  problem-solving  experience  enhances  the  Board’s  ability  to  address 
significant  challenges  in  the  nuclear  market,  and  led  the  Board  to  conclude  that  he  should  serve  as  a 
director.  

Mr. Mark A. Zwecker 
Mark Zwecker, a director since the Company's inception in January 1991, currently serves as the CFO and a 
Board  member  for  JCI  US  Inc.,  a  telecommunications  company  and  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Japan 
Communications, Inc. (Tokyo Stock Exchange (Securities Code: 9424)), which provides cellular service for 
M2M (machine to machine) applications. From 2006 to 2013, Mr. Zwecker served as Director of Finance 
for  Communications  Security  and  Compliance  Technologies,  Inc.,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  JCI  US 
Inc. that develops security software products for the mobile workforce. From 1997 to 2006, Mr. Zwecker 
served as President of ACI Technology, LLC, an IT services provider, and from 1986 to 1998, he served as 
Vice  President  of  Finance  and  Administration  for  American  Combustion,  Inc.,  a  combustion  technology 
solutions provider. In 1983, with Dr. Centofanti, Mr. Zwecker co-founded a start-up, PPM, Inc., a hazardous 
waste  management  company.  He  remained  with  PPM,  Inc.  until  its  acquisition  in  1985  by  USPCI. 
Mr. Zwecker has a B.S. in Industrial and Systems Engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology and 
an M.B.A. from Harvard University. 

As a director since our inception, Mr. Zwecker’s understanding of our business provides valuable insight to 
the Board.  With years of experience in operations and finance for various companies, including a number 
of  waste  management  companies,  Mr.  Zwecker  combines  extensive  knowledge  of  accounting  principles, 
financial  reporting  rules  and  regulations,  the  ability  to  evaluate  financial  results,  and  understanding  of 
financial  reporting  processes.  He  has  an  extensive  background  in  operating  complex  organizations.  Mr. 
Zwecker’s experience and background position him well to serve as a member of our Board. These factors 
led the Board to conclude that he should serve as a director. 

BOARD LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE 
We currently separate the roles of Chairman of the Board and CEO. The Board believes that this leadership 
structure promotes balance between the Board’s independent authority to oversee our business, and the CEO 
and his management team, who manage the business on a day-to-day basis.  

The Company does not have a written policy with respect to the separation of the positions of Chairman of 
the  Board  and  CEO.  The  Company  believes  it  is  important  to  retain  its  flexibility  to  allocate  the 
responsibilities  of  the  offices  of  the  Chairman  and  CEO  in  any  way  that  is  in  the  best  interests  of  the 
Company at a given point in time; therefore, the Company’s leadership structure may change in the future 
77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
as circumstances may dictate. 

Mr. Mark Zwecker, a current member of our Board, continues to serve as the Independent Lead Director, a 
position he has held since February 2010. The Lead Director’s role includes:  

• 

• 
• 
• 

convening and chairing meetings of the non-employee directors as necessary from time to time and 
Board meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board; 
acting as liaison between directors, committee chairs and management;  
serving as information sources for directors and management; and 
carrying out responsibilities as the Board may delegate from time to time. 

AUDIT COMMITTEE 
We  have  a  separately  designated  standing  Audit  Committee  of  our  Board  established  in  accordance  with 
Section  3(a)(58)(A)  of  the  Exchange  Act.    The  members  of  the  Audit  Committee  are  Mark  A.  Zwecker 
(Chairperson), Dr. Gary G. Kugler, and S. Robert Cochran, who replaced Mr. Larry Shelton effective April 
20, 2017.  

Our Board has determined that each of our Audit Committee members is and was independent within the 
meaning  of  the  rules  of  the  NASDAQ  and  is  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”  as  defined  by  Item 
407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).   

The Audit Committee has also discussed with Grant Thornton, LLP, the Company’s independent registered 
accounting  firm,  the  matters  required  to  be  discussed  by  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(“PCAOB”) Auditing Standard No. 16 (Communications with Audit Committee). 

BOARD OF DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 
The  Board  has  determined  that  each  director,  other  than  Dr.  Centofanti,  is  “independent”  within  the 
meaning  of  the  applicable NASDAQ  rules.  Dr.  Centofanti is  not deemed  to be an  “independent  director” 
because of his employment as a senior executive of the Company. Mr. John Climaco, who did not stand for 
re-election at the Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting, did not qualify as an “independent director” because of 
his previous employment as EVP of PF Medical, a majority-owned Polish subsidiary of the Company, and 
because  of  his  directorship  at  Digirad  Corporation,  a  company  with  which  PF  Medical  had  previously 
entered into a multi-year supplier agreement and stock subscription agreement.  

COMPENSATION AND STOCK OPTION COMMITTEE  
The Compensation and Stock Option Committee (“Compensation Committee”) reviews and recommends to 
the Board the compensation and benefits of all of the Company’s officers and reviews general policy matters 
relating  to  compensation  and  benefits  of  the  Company’s  employees.  The  Compensation  Committee  also 
administers the Company’s stock option plans. The Compensation Committee has the sole authority to retain 
and  terminate  a  compensation  consultant,  as  well  as  to  approve  the  consultant’s  fees  and  other  terms  of 
engagement.  It  also  has  the  authority  to  obtain  advice  and  assistance  from  internal  or  external  legal, 
accounting  or  other  advisors.  No  compensation  consultant  was  employed  during  2017.  Members  of  the 
Compensation  Committee  are  Dr.  Gary  G.  Kugler  (Chairperson),  Larry  M.  Shelton,  and  Joe  R.  Reeder.     
None of the members of the Compensation Committee has been an officer or employee of the Company or 
has  had  any  relationship  with  the  Company  requiring  disclosure  under  applicable  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission regulations. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND NOMINATING COMMITTEE 
We have a separately-designated standing Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (“Nominating 
Committee”). Members of the Nominating Committee are Joe R. Reeder (Chairperson), Dr. Gary G. Kugler, 
and S. Robert Cochran who replaced Mark A. Zwecker as a member effective April 20, 2017.  All members 
of  the  Nominating  Committee  are  and  were  “independent”  as  that  term  is  defined  by  current  NASDAQ 
listing standards. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Nominating  Committee  recommends  to  the  Board  candidates  to  fill  vacancies  on  the  Board  and  the 
nominees  for  election  as  the  directors  at  each  annual  meeting  of  stockholders.  In  making  such 
recommendation,  the  Nominating  Committee  takes  into  account  information  provided  to  them  from  the 
candidate,  as  well  as  the  Nominating  Committee’s  own  knowledge  and  information  obtained  through 
inquiries  to  third  parties  to  the  extent  the  Nominating  Committee  deems  appropriate.  The  Company’s 
Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws,  as  amended  (the  “Bylaws”),  sets  forth  certain  minimum  director 
qualifications to qualify for nomination for elections as a Director.  To qualify for nomination or election as 
a director, an individual must: 

•  be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under legal disability; 
•  have the ability to be present, in person, at all regular and special meetings of the Board; 
•  not serve on the boards of more than three other publicly held companies;  
• 

satisfy the director qualification requirements of all environmental and nuclear commissions, boards 
or similar regulatory or law enforcement authorities to which the Corporation is subject so as not to 
cause  the  Corporation  to  fail  to  satisfy  any  of  the  licensing  requirements  imposed  by  any  such 
authority;  

•  not  be  affiliated  with,  employed  by  or  a  representative  of,  or  have  or  acquire  a  material  personal 

involvement with, or material financial interest in, any “Business Competitor” (as defined); 
•  not have been convicted of a felony or of any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; and 
•  have been nominated for election to the Board in accordance with the terms of the Bylaws. 

In addition to the minimum director qualifications as mentioned above, each candidate’s qualifications are 
also reviewed to include: 

• 

• 
• 

standards  of  integrity,  personal  ethics  and  value,  commitment,  and  independence  of  thought  and 
judgment; 
ability to represent the interests of the Company’s stockholders;  
ability  to  dedicate  sufficient  time,  energy  and  attention  to fulfill  the requirements  of the  position; 
and 

•  diversity  of  skills  and  experience  with  respect  to  accounting  and  finance,  management  and 
leadership,  business  acumen,  vision  and  strategy,  charitable  causes,  business  operations,  and 
industry knowledge.   

The  Nominating  Committee  does  not  assign  specific  weight  to  any  particular  criteria  and  no  particular 
criterion is necessarily applicable to all prospective nominees. The Nominating Committee does not have a 
formal  policy  for  the  consideration  of  diversity  in  identifying  nominees  for  directors;  however,  the 
Company believes that the backgrounds and qualifications of the directors, considered as a group, should 
provide  a  significant  composite  mix  of  experience,  knowledge,  and  abilities  that  will  allow  the  Board  to 
fulfill its responsibilities.   

Stockholder Nominees 
There  have  been  no  changes  to  the  stockholder  nomination  process  since  the  Company’s  last  proxy 
statement. The procedure for stockholder nominees to the Board is set out below. 

The  Nominating  Committee  will  consider  properly  submitted  stockholder  nominations  for  candidates  for 
membership  on  the  Board from  stockholders  who  meet  each  of the requirements  set forth  in  the  Bylaws, 
including, but not limited to, the requirements that any such stockholder own at least 1% of the Company’s 
shares  of  the  Common  Stock  entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting  on  such  election,  has  held  such  shares 
continuously for at least one full year, and continuously holds such shares through and including the time of 
the annual or special meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at any Annual 
Meeting  of  Stockholders,  or  at  any  Special  Meeting  of  Stockholders  called  for  the  purpose  of  electing 
directors.  Any  stockholder  nomination  (“Proposed  Nominee”)  must  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the 
Bylaws and the Proposed Nominee must meet the minimum qualification requirements as discussed above. 
For a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must provide advance written notice to the 
Nominating Committee, delivered to the Company’s principal executive office address (i) in the case of an 
79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  no  later  than  the  90th  day  nor  earlier  than  the  120th  day  prior  to  the 
anniversary  date  of  the  immediately  preceding  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders;  and  (ii)  in  the  case  of  a 
Special  Meeting  of  Stockholders  called  for  the  purpose  of  electing  directors,  not  later  than  the  10th  day 
following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting of Stockholders was made.   

The  Nominating  Committee  will  evaluate  the  qualification  of  the  Proposed  Nominee  and  the  Proposed 
Nominee’s  disclosure  and  compliance  requirements  in  accordance  with  the  Company’s  Bylaws.  If  the 
Board,  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Nominating  Committee,  determines  that  a  nomination  was  not 
made in accordance with the Bylaws, the Chairman of the Meeting shall declare the nomination defective 
and it will be disregarded. 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE 
We have a separately-designated standing Research and Development Committee (the “R&D Committee”).  
Members of the R&D Committee include Dr. Gary G. Kugler and Dr. Louis Centofanti.   

The  R&D  Committee  outlines  the  structures  and  functions  of  the  Company’s  research  and  development 
strategies,  the  acquisition  and  protection  of  the  Company’s  intellectual  property  rights  and  assets,  and 
provides its perspective on such matter to the Board.  The R&D Committee does not have a charter.    

STRATEGIC ADVISORY COMMITTEE      
We have a separately-designated Strategic Advisory Committee (the “Strategic Committee”). The primary 
functions of the Strategic Committee are to investigate and evaluate strategic alternatives available to 
the  Company  and  to  work  with  management  on  long-range  strategic  planning  and  identifying 
potential new business opportunities. The members of the Strategic Advisory Committee are S. Robert 
Cochran (Chairperson, replacing John M. Climaco who did not stand for reelection at the Company’s 2017 
Annual  Meeting),  Joe  R.  Reeder,  Mark  A.  Zwecker,  and  Larry  M.  Shelton.    The  Strategic  Advisory 
Committee does not have a charter. 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 
The following table sets forth, as of the date hereof, information concerning our executive officers: 

NAME  
Mr. Mark Duff 
Mr. Ben Naccarato 
Dr. Louis Centofanti 

AGE 
55 
55 
74 

POSITION 
President and CEO 
CFO, Vice President, and Secretary; CFO of PF Medical 
EVP of Strategic Initiatives; President of PF Medical  

Mr. Mark Duff  
Mr.  Mark  Duff  was  appointed  President  and  CEO  by  the  Company’s  Board  on  September  8,  2017, 
succeeding Dr. Louis Centofanti. Previously, Mr. Duff served as EVP of the Company, from June 11, 2016. 
In September 2016, upon Mr. John Lash’s retirement as Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) of the Company, 
Mr. Duff was named COO, in addition to his position as EVP. Mr. Duff has 30 years of management and 
technical experience in the U.S Department of Energy (“DOE”) and U.S. Department of Defense (“DOD”) 
environmental  and  construction  markets  as  a  corporate  officer,  senior  project  manager,  co-founder  of  a 
consulting firm, and federal employee. For the immediate five years prior to joining the Company in June 
2016, Mr. Duff was responsible for the successful completion of over 70 performance-based projects at the 
Paducah  Gaseous  Diffusion  Plant  (“PGDP”)  in  Paducah,  KY.  At  the  PGDP,  he  served  as  the  Project 
Manager  for the  Paducah Remediation  Contract,  which  was  a five-year  project with a total  value  of  $458 
million.  Prior  to  the  PGDP  project,  Mr.  Duff  was  a  senior  manager  supporting  Babcock  and  Wilcox 
(“B&W”),  leading  several  programs  that  included  building  teams  to  solve  complex  technical  problems. 
These programs included implementation of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (“ARRA”) at the 
DOE Y-12 facility with a $245 million budget for new cleanup projects completed over a two-year period.  
During  this  period,  Mr.  Duff  served  as  project  manager  leading  a  team  of  senior  experts  in  support  of 
Toshiba Corporation in Tokyo, Japan to integrate United States technology in the recovery of the Fukushima 
Daiichi  Nuclear  Reactor  disaster.  Prior  to  joining  B&W,  Mr.  Duff  served  as  the  president  of  Safety  and 
Ecology Corporation (“SEC”). As President of SEC, he helped grow the company from $50 million to $80 

80 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
million  in  annual  revenues  with  significant  growth  in  infrastructure,  marketing,  and  client  diversification. 
Mr.  Duff  has  an  MBA  from  the  University  of  Phoenix  and  received  his  B.S.  from  the  University  of 
Alabama. 

Mr. Ben Naccarato 
Mr.  Naccarato  has  served  as  the  CFO  since  February  26,  2009.    Mr.  Naccarato  joined  the  Company  in 
September  2004  and  served  as  Vice  President,  Finance  of  the  Company’s  Industrial  Segment  until  May 
2006, when he was named Vice President, Corporate Controller/Treasurer. In July 2015, Mr. Naccarato was 
named the CFO of PF Medical, the Company’s majority-owned Polish subsidiary involved in the research 
and  development  of  a  new  medical  isotope  production  technology.  Effective  December  22,  2015,  Mr. 
Naccarato  was  appointed  to  the  Management  Board  of  PF  Medical.  Mr.  Naccarato  has  over  29  years  of 
experience in senior financial positions in the waste management and used oil industries. From December 
2002 to September 2004, Mr. Naccarato was the CFO of a privately held company in the fuel distribution 
and  used  waste  oil  industry.  Mr.  Naccarato  is  a  graduate  of  University  of  Toronto  with  a  Bachelor  of 
Commerce  and  Finance  Degree  and  is  a  Chartered  Professional  Accountant,  Certified  Management 
Accountant (CPA, CMA). 

Dr. Louis Centofanti 
See “Director – Dr. Louis F. Centofanti” in this section for information on Dr. Centofanti.  

Certain Relationships 
There are no family relationships between any of the directors or executive officers. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 
Section  16(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  and  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder  require  our  executive 
officers  and  directors  and  beneficial  owners  of  more  than  10%  of  our  Common  Stock  to  file  reports  of 
ownership and changes of ownership of our Common Stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
and  to  furnish  us  with  copies  of  all  such  reports.  Based  solely  on  a  review  of  the  copies  of  such  reports 
furnished to us and written information provided to us, we believe that during 2017 none of our executive 
officers, directors, or beneficial owners of more than 10% of our Common Stock failed to timely file reports 
under Section 16(a).   

Capital Bank–Grawe Gruppe AG (“Capital Bank”) has advised us that it is a banking institution regulated 
by  the  banking  regulations  of  Austria,  which  holds  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  as  agent  on  behalf  of 
numerous  investors.  Capital  Bank  has  represented  that  all  of  its  investors  are  accredited  investors  under 
Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.  In addition, Capital Bank has advised us that none of 
its  investors,  individually  or  as  a  group,  beneficially  own  more  than  4.9%  of  our  Common  Stock  as 
calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act. Capital Bank has further informed us that its 
clients (and not Capital Bank) maintain full voting and dispositive power over such shares. Consequently, 
Capital Bank has advised us that it believes it is not the beneficial owner, as such term is defined in Rule 
13d-3  of  the  Exchange  Act,  of  the  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  registered  in  the  name  of  Capital  Bank 
because  it  has  neither  voting  nor  investment  power,  as  such  terms  are  defined  in  Rule  13d-3,  over  such 
shares. Capital Bank has informed us that it does not believe that it is required (a) to file, and has not filed, 
reports  under  Section  16(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act  or  (b)  to  file  either  Schedule  13D  or  Schedule  13G  in 
connection with the shares of our Common Stock registered in the name of Capital Bank. 

If  the  representations  of,  or  information  provided  by  Capital  Bank  are  incorrect  or  Capital  Bank  was 
historically acting on behalf of its investors as a group, rather than on behalf of each investor independent of 
other investors, then Capital Bank and/or the investor group would have become a beneficial owner of more 
than 10% of our Common Stock on February 9, 1996, as a result of the acquisition of 1,100 shares of our 
Preferred Stock that were convertible into a maximum of 256,560 shares of our Common Stock.  If either 
Capital Bank or a group of Capital Bank’s investors became a beneficial owner of more than 10% of our 
Common  Stock  on  February  9,  1996,  or  at  any  time  thereafter, and thereby  required  to  file reports  under 
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, then Capital Bank has failed to file a Form 3 or any Forms 4 or 5 since 
February 9, 1996. (See “Item 12 - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Related Stockholder Matter – Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” for a discussion of Capital 
Bank’s current record ownership of our securities). 

Code of Ethics 
Our  Code  of  Ethics  applies  to  all  our  executive  officers  and  is  available  on  our  website  at  www.perma-
fix.com.    If  any  amendments  are  made  to  the  Code  of  Ethics  or  any  grants  of  waivers  are  made  to  any 
provision of the Code of Ethics to any of our executive officers, we will promptly disclose the amendment 
or waiver and nature of such amendment or waiver on our website at the same web address. 

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Summary Compensation  
The  following  table  summarizes  the  total  compensation  paid  or  earned  by  each  of  the  named  executive 
officers (“NEOs”) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.   

Name and Principal Position

Year

Salary

Mark Duff (1)

President and CEO 

Ben Naccarato 

Vice President and CFO

Dr. Louis Centofanti 

EVP of Strategic Initiatives

($)

267,000

136,581

226,552

220,667

262,959

279,248

(2)

(3)

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

Bonus
($) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Option 
Awards
($) (4)

188,118

100,094

94,059

  

94,059

  

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation
($) (5)

All other 
Compensation
($) (6)

Total 
Compensation

($)

  

  

  

  

  

  

32,362

40,800

36,706

37,537

30,464

31,763

487,480

277,475

357,317

258,204

387,482

311,011

(1)  On September 8, 2017, Mr. Duff was named by the Company as President and CEO, succeeding Dr. Louis Centofanti, who 
retired from the position of President and CEO and was named to the position of EVP of Strategic Initiatives. Previously, Mr. 
Duff  was  appointed  as  EVP  by  the  Company  on  May  15,  2016  (effective  June  11,  2016)  and  earns  an  annual  salary  of 
$267,000.  Effective  September  30,  2016,  Mr.  Duff  also  assumed  the  additional  position  of  COO  upon  Mr.  John  Lash’s 
retirement from the position of COO (Mr. Lash retired from the Company effective December 31, 2016). As President and 
CEO  of  the  Company,  Mr.  Duff  continues  to  earn  an  annual  salary  of  $267,000.  Amount  noted  in  chart  above  for  2016 
reflects salary earned by Mr. Duff from the date of his employment in June 2016. 

(2) 

Effective April, 20, 2017, the Compensation Committee and the Board approved Mr. Naccarato’s annual salary to $229,494 
from $220,667. 

(3)  As EVP of Strategic Initiatives, Dr. Centofanti’s annual salary was amended to $223,400 from $279,248. 

(4) 

(5) 

Reflects  the  aggregate  grant  date  fair  value  of  awards  computed  in  accordance  with  ASC  718,  “Compensation  –  Stock 
Compensation.”  Assumptions  used  in  the  calculation  of  this  amount  are  included  in  “Note  5  –  Capital  Stock,  Stock  Plans, 
Warrants and Stock Based Compensation” to “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement.” No options were granted to any 
other NEOs in 2016 other than Mr. Duff.   

Represents performance compensation earned under the Company’s Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”) with respect to each 
NEO. The MIP for each NEO is described under the heading “2017 Management Incentive Plans (“MIP”).” No compensation 
was earned by any NEO under his respective MIP for 2017 and 2016. Mr. Duff did not have a MIP for 2016.  

(6)  The amount shown includes a monthly automobile allowance of $750, insurance premiums (health, disability and life) paid by 

the Company on behalf of the executive, and 401(k) matching contributions.    

82 

 
 
 
     
     
               
           
     
     
               
           
     
       
               
           
     
               
           
     
       
               
           
     
               
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
Mark Duff
Ben Naccarato
Dr. Louis Centofanti

Insurance
Premium

$
$
$

18,073
23,208
16,223

$
$
$

Auto Allowance

9,000
9,000
9,000

$
$
$

401(k) match
5,289
4,498
5,241

$
$
$

Total

32,362
36,706
30,464

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 

The following table sets forth unexercised options held by the NEOs as of the fiscal year-end. 

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Exercisable

 — 

 — 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) (1)
Unexercisable

50,000

50,000

 — 
16,667

(3)

100,000
33,333

(2)

(2)

(2)

(3)

Equity Incentive Plan 
Awards: Number of 
Securities Underlying 
Unexercised Unearned 

Options     

(#)

 — 

 — 
 — 

Option 
Exercise 
Price  
($)

Option 
Expiration 
Date

3.65

3.65

3.65
3.97

7/27/2023

7/27/2023

7/27/2023
5/15/2022

Name

Dr. Louis Centofanti

Ben Naccarato

Mark Duff

(1) Pursuant to the NEO’s employment agreements with the Company, each dated September 9, 2017, in the event of a change in 
control,  death  of  the    executive  officer,  the  executive  officer  terminates  his  employment  for  “good  reason”  or  the  executive 
officer is terminated by the Company without cause,  each outstanding option and award shall immediately become exercisable in 
full (see “Employment Agreements” below for further discussion of the exercisability terms of the option under these events).

(2) Incentive stock option granted on July 27, 2017 under the Company’s 2017 Stock Option Plan.  The option has a contractual term

of six years with one-fifth yearly vesting over a five year period.

(3) Incentive stock option granted on May 15, 2016 under the Company’s 2010 Stock Option Plan.  The option has a contractual term

of six years with one-third yearly vesting over a three year period.

None of the Company’s NEOs exercised options during 2017. 

Employment Agreements 
On  September  8,  2017,  the  Company’s  Board  approved  the  appointment  of  Mr.  Mark  Duff  as  the 
Company’s  new  President  and  CEO,  succeeding  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti,  who  was  named  to  the  position  of 
EVP of Strategic Initiatives and continues to serve as a member of the Board.   

Immediately after the appointment of Mark Duff as the Company’s new President and CEO, the Company’s 
Compensation Committee and the Board approved, and the Company entered into, employment agreements 
with each of Mark Duff, CEO, Dr. Louis Centofanti, EVP of Strategic Initiatives, and Ben Naccarato, CFO 
(collectively,  the  “New  Employment  Agreements”).  The  Company  had  previously  entered  into  an 
employment  agreement  with  each  of  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti  and  Ben  Naccarato   on  July  10,  2014,  both  of 
which were due to expire on July 10, 2018 (together, the “July 10, 2014 Employment Agreements”).  The 
Company also had previously entered into an employment agreement dated January 19, 2017 (which was 
effective June 11, 2016) with Mark Duff, which was due to expire on June 11, 2019 (the “January 19, 2017 
Employment  Agreement”).  The  July  10,  2014  Employment  Agreements  and  the  January  19,  2017 
Employment Agreement were terminated effective September 8, 2017.   

Pursuant  to  the  New  Employment  Agreements,  all  of  which  were  effective  September  8,  2017,  (a)  Mark 
Duff  will  serve  as  the  Company’s  President  and  CEO,  with  an  annual  salary  of  $267,000;  (b)  Dr.  Louis 
Centofanti will serve as the Company’s EVP of Strategic Initiatives, with an annual salary of $223,400; and 
(c) Ben  Naccarato  will  continue  to  serve  as  the  Company’s  CFO,  with  an  annual  salary  of  $229,494.  In

83

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
addition,  each  of these  executive  officers  is  entitled  to  participate  in  the  Company’s  broad-based  benefits 
plans and to certain performance compensation payable under separate MIPs as approved by the Company’s 
Compensation Committee and Board. The Company’s Compensation Committee and the Board approved 
individual 2017 MIPs on January 19, 2017 (which were effective January 1, 2017 and applicable for year 
2017) for each of Mark Duff, Dr. Louis Centofanti, and Ben Naccarato (see discussion of the 2017 MIPs 
below under “2017 Management Incentive Plans (“MIPs”)). 

 Each of the New Employment Agreements is effective for three years from September 8, 2017 (the “Initial 
Term”) unless earlier terminated by the Company or by the executive officer. At the end of the Initial Term 
of each New Employment Agreement, each New Employment Agreement will automatically be extended 
for one additional year, unless at least six months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, the Company or 
the executive officer provides written notice not to extend the terms of the New Employment Agreement.   

Pursuant to the New Employment Agreements, if the executive officer’s employment is terminated due to 
death/disability or for cause (as defined in the agreements), the Company will pay to the executive officer or 
to his estate an amount equal to the sum of any unpaid base salary, accrued unused vacation time through 
the  date  of  termination,  any  benefits  due  to  the  executive  officer  under  any  employee  benefit  plan  (the 
“Accrued Amounts”) and any performance compensation payable pursuant to the MIP.   

If the executive officer terminates his employment for “good reason” (as defined in the agreements) or is 
terminated  by  the  Company  without  cause  (including  any  such  termination  for  “good  reason”  or  without 
cause within 24 months after a Change in Control (as defined in the agreement)), the Company will pay the 
executive officer the Accrued Amounts, two years of full base salary, performance compensation (under the 
MIP) earned with respect to the fiscal year immediately preceding the date of termination, and an additional 
year  of  performance  compensation  (under  the  MIP)  earned,  if  not  already  paid,  with  respect  to  the  fiscal 
year immediately preceding the date of termination. If the executive terminates his employment for a reason 
other than for good reason, the Company will pay to the executive an amount equal to the Accrued Amounts 
plus any performance compensation payable pursuant to the MIP.   

If  there  is  a  Change  in  Control  (as  defined  in  the  agreements),  all  outstanding  stock  options  to  purchase 
common stock held by the executive officer will immediately become exercisable in full commencing on 
the date of termination through the original term of the options. In the event of the death of an executive 
officer,  all  outstanding  stock  options  to  purchase  common  stock  held  by  the  executive  officer  will 
immediately become exercisable in full commencing on the date of death, with such options exercisable for 
the lesser of the original option term or twelve months from the date of the executive officer’s death. In the 
event an executive officer terminates his employment for “good reason” or is terminated by the Company 
without cause, all outstanding stock options to purchase common stock held by the executive officer will 
immediately  become  exercisable  in  full  commencing  on  the  date  of  termination,  with  such  options 
exercisable for the lesser of the original option term or within 60 days from the date of the executive’s date 
of termination. Severance benefits payable with respect to a termination (other than Accrued Amounts) shall 
not  be  payable  until  the  termination  constitutes  a  “separation  from  service”  (as  defined  under  Treasury 
Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)).  

Potential Payments 
The  following  table  sets  forth  the  potential  (estimated)  payments  and  benefits  to  which  our  NEOs,  Mark 
Duff, Ben Naccarato, and Dr. Centofanti would be entitled upon termination of employment or following a 
Change  in  Control  of  the  Company,  as  specified  under  each  of  their  respective  agreements  with  the 
Company, assuming each circumstance described below occurred on December 31, 2017, the last day of our 
fiscal year.  

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Name and Principal Position
Potential Payment/Benefit

Disability
or For Cause

Death

By Executive for
Good Reason or by 
Company Without 
Cause

Change in Control
of the Company

Mark Duff
President and CEO 

Salary
Performance compensation
Stock Options

Ben Naccarato
CFO

Salary
Performance compensation
Stock Options

Dr. Louis Centofanti
EVP of Strategic Initiatives

Salary
Performance compensation
Stock Options

$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$
$

──
──
──

──
──
──

──
──
──

$
(2) $
(3) $

$
(2) $
(5) $

$
(2) $
(5) $

──
──
──

──
──
──

──
──
──

(2)

(4)

(2)

(4)

(2)

(4)

$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$
$

534,000
──
──

458,988
──
──

446,800
──
──

(1)

(2)

(4)

(1)

(2)

(4)

(1)

(2)

(4)

$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$
$

534,000
──
──

458,988
──
──

446,800
──
──

(1)

(2)

(4)

(1)

(2)

(4)

(1)

(2)

(4)

(1) 

Represents two times the base salary of executive at December 31, 2017. 

(2)  No  amount  was  earned  and  payable  under  the  2017  MIP.  Additionally,  pursuant  to  the  2017  MIP,  if  the  participant’s 
employment  with  the  Company  is  voluntarily  or  involuntarily  terminated  prior  to  the  annual  payment  of  the  MIP 
compensation period, no MIP is payable (see “2017 Management Incentive Plans (“MIPs”) below).  

(3) 

Benefit  is  zero  since  the  number  of  stock  options  vested  was  at-the-money  at  December  31,  2017  (as  reported  on  the 
NASDAQ). 

(4)  All outstanding options become vested immediately upon circumstances noted; however, benefit is zero since the number of 

stock options that was outstanding is either out-of-the money or at-the money at December 31, 2017. 

(5) 

Benefit is zero since no stock option was vested at December 31, 2017. 

2017 Executive Compensation Components  
For  the  fiscal  year  ended  December 31,  2017,  the  principal  components  of  compensation  for  executive 
officers were:  

•  base salary; 
•  performance-based incentive compensation; 
• 
• 
•  perquisites.  

long term incentive compensation; 
retirement and other benefits; and 

Based  on  the  amounts  set  forth  in  the  Summary  Compensation  table,  during  2017,  salary  accounted  for 
approximately  61.4%  of  the  total  compensation  of  our  NEOs,  while  equity  option  awards,  MIP 
compensation, and other compensation accounted for approximately 38.6% of the total compensation of the 
NEOs. 

Base Salary  
The NEOs, other officers, and other employees of the Company receive a base salary during the fiscal year. 
Base salary ranges for executive officers are determined for each executive based on his or her position and 
responsibility by using market data and comparisons to the Peer Group.  

During its review of base salaries for executives, the Compensation Committee primarily considers:  

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
•  market data and Peer Group comparisons; 

• 

• 

internal review of the executive’s compensation, both individually and relative to other officers; and 

individual performance of the executive. 

Salary levels are typically considered annually as part of the performance review process as well as upon a 
promotion or other change in job responsibility. Merit based salary increases for executives are based on the 
Compensation  Committee’s  assessment  of  the  individual’s  performance.  The  base  salary  and  potential 
annual base salary adjustments for the NEOs are set forth in their respective employment agreements.   

Effective April 20, 2017, the Compensation Committee and the Board approved an increase to the CFO’s 
(Ben  Naccarato)  base  salary  to  $229,494  and  effective  September  8,  2017,  as  a  result  of  Dr.  Centofanti’s 
retirement from the position of President and CEO and his appointment to the position of EVP of Strategic 
Initiatives, Dr. Centofanti’s annual base salary was amended to $223,400 from $279,248.   

Performance-Based Incentive Compensation  
The  Compensation  Committee  has  the  latitude  to  design  cash  and  equity-based  incentive  compensation 
programs  to  promote  high  performance  and  achievement  of  our  corporate  objectives  by  directors  and  the 
NEOs,  encourage  the  growth  of  stockholder  value  and  enable  employees  to  participate  in  our  long-term 
growth  and  profitability.  The  Compensation  Committee  may  grant  stock  options  and/or  performance 
bonuses.  In  granting  these  awards,  the  Compensation  Committee  may  establish  any  conditions  or 
restrictions it deems appropriate.  In addition, the CEO has discretionary authority to grant stock options to 
certain high-performing executives or officers, subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee. The 
exercise price for each stock options granted is at or above the market price of our Common Stock on the 
date of grant. Stock options may be awarded to newly hired or promoted executives at the discretion of the 
Compensation Committee.  Grants of stock options to eligible newly hired executive officers are generally 
made at the next regularly scheduled Compensation Committee meeting following the hire date.  

2017 Management Incentive Plans (“MIPs”) 
On January 19, 2017, the Board and the Compensation Committee approved individual MIPs for each of Dr. 
Louis Centofanti, the then CEO, Mark Duff, the then EVP/COO, and Ben Naccarato, CFO. The MIPs were 
effective January 1, 2017. Each MIP provided guidelines for the calculation of annual cash incentive based 
compensation,  subject  to  Compensation  Committee  oversight  and  modification.  Each  MIP  awarded  cash 
compensation  based  on  achievement  of  performance  thresholds,  with  the  amount  of  such  compensation 
established  as  a  percentage  of  the  executive’s  2017  base  salary  on  the  approval  date  of  the  MIP.  The 
potential target performance compensation ranged from 5% to 100% of the 2017 base salary for the CEO 
($13,962 to $279,248), 5% to 100% of the 2017 base salary for the EVP/COO ($13,350 to $267,000), and 
5%  to  100%  of  the  2017  base  salary  for  the  CFO  ($11,033  to  $220,667).  The  Compensation  Committee 
retains  the  right  to  modify,  change  or  terminate  each  MIP  and  may  adjust  the  various  target  amounts 
described below, at any time and for any reason.  

Performance compensation is paid on or about 90 days after year-end, or sooner, based on finalization of 
our  audited  financial  statements  for  2017.  If  the  MIP  participant’s  employment  with  the  Company  is 
voluntarily or involuntarily terminated prior to a regularly scheduled MIP compensation payment date, no 
MIP payment will be payable for and after such period.   

The total performance compensation payable under the MIPs to the CEO, EVP/COO, and CFO as a group is 
not to exceed 50% of the Company’s pre-tax net income (exclusive of PF Medical) prior to the calculation 
of performance compensation. 

No cash incentive based compensation was paid to any of the NEOs under his respective 2017 MIP. 

The following describes the principal terms of each MIP as approved on January 19, 2017: 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CEO MIP: 
2017  CEO  performance  compensation  was  based  upon  meeting  corporate  revenue,  EBITDA  (earnings 
before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization),  health  and  safety,  and  environmental  compliance 
(permit and license violations) objectives during fiscal year 2017 from our continuing operations (excluding 
PF Medical). The Compensation Committee believes performance compensation payable under each of the 
2017  MIPs  as  discussed  herein  and  below  should  be  based  on  achievement  of  an  EBITDA  target,  which 
excludes  certain  non-cash  items,  as  this  target  provides  a  better  indicator  of  operating  performance. 
However, EBITDA has certain limitations as it does not reflect all items of income or cash flows that affect 
the  Company’s financial  performance  under  GAAP. At  achievement  of  70% to  119%  of  the revenue  and 
EBITDA  targets, the  potential  performance  compensation  was  payable  at  5%  to  50%  of  the  CEO’s  2017 
base salary. For this compensation, 60% was based on the EBITDA goal, 10% on the revenue goal, 15% on 
the  number  of  health  and safety  claim  incidents that  occurred  during  fiscal  year  2017,  and  the remaining 
15%  on  the  number  of  notices  alleging  environmental,  health,  or  safety  violations  under  our  permits  or 
licenses that occurred during the fiscal year 2017. At achievement of 120% to 160%+ of the revenue and 
EBITDA targets, the potential performance compensation was payable at 65% to 100% of the CEO’s 2017 
base salary. For this compensation, the amount payable was based on the four objectives noted above, with 
the  payment  of  such  performance  compensation  being  weighted  more  heavily  toward  the  EBITDA 
objective. Each of the revenue and EBITDA components was based on our Board-approved revenue target 
and EBITDA target. The 2017 target performance incentive compensation for our CEO was as follows: 

Annualized Base Pay: 
Performance Incentive Compensation Target (at 100% of MIP): 
Total Annual Target Compensation (at 100% of MIP): 

  $ 279,248  
  $ 139,624  
  $ 418,872  

CEO MIP MATRIX
2017

Performance Target Column:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

TARGET

Revenue Target
EBITDA Target

<
<

$  
$    

56,000,000
6,510,000

$   
$     

56,000,000
6,510,000

$   
$     

68,000,000
7,905,000

$   
$     

80,000,000
9,300,000

$    
$    

96,000,000
11,160,000

$  
$    

112,000,000
13,020,000

$  
$    

128,000,000
14,880,000

% of Performance Incentive Target
% of Target Achieved

0%
<70%

10%
70%-84%

50%

170%
85%-99% 100%-119% 120%-139% 140%-159%

100%

130%

200%
160%+

Revenue
EBITDA
Health and Safety
Permit & License Violations

-
$                   
-
-
-
$                   
-

$            

$            

$          

$           

$           

$           

6,981
41,887
10,472
10,472
69,812

13,962
83,774
20,944
20,944
139,624

19,945
119,678
20,944
20,944
181,511

27,924
167,549
20,944
20,944
237,361

33,908
203,452
20,944
20,944
279,248

$          

$          

$        

$         

$         

$         

1,397
8,377
2,094
2,094
13,962

1)  Revenue was defined as the total consolidated third-party top line revenue from continuing operations 
(excluding  PF  Medical)  as  publicly  reported  in  the  Company’s  2017  financial  statements.  The 
percentage  achieved  was  determined  by  comparing  the  actual  consolidated  revenue  from  continuing 
operations to the Board-approved revenue target from continuing operations, which was $80,000,000.  
The Board reserved the right to modify or change the revenue targets as defined herein in the event of 
the sale or disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition. 

2)  EBITDA was defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization from continuing 
operations (excluding PF Medical).  The percentage achieved was determined by comparing the actual 
EBITDA to the Board-approved EBITDA target for 2017, which was $9,300,000. The Board reserved 
the  right  to  modify  or  change  the  EBITDA  targets  as  defined  herein  in  the  event  of  the  sale  or 
disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.       

87 

 
 
 
 
 
                     
              
            
            
           
           
           
                     
              
            
            
             
             
             
                     
              
            
            
             
             
             
 
3)  The  health  and  safety  incentive  target  was  based  upon  the  actual  number  of  Worker’s  Compensation 
Lost Time Accidents, as provided by the Company’s Worker’s Compensation carrier.  The Corporate 
Controller submitted a report on a quarterly basis documenting and confirming the number of Worker’s 
Compensation Lost Time Accidents, supported by the Worker’s Compensation Loss Report provided by 
the company’s carrier or broker.  Such claims were identified on the loss report as “indemnity claims.” 
The following number of Worker’s Compensation Lost Time Accidents and corresponding Performance 
Target Thresholds was established for the annual incentive compensation plan calculation for 2017. 

Work Comp. 

Performance 

Claim Number 

Target Payable Under Column 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1  

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

4)  Permits or license violations incentive was earned/determined according to the scale set forth below:  
An “official notice of non-compliance” was defined as an official communication during 2017 from a 
local, state, or federal regulatory authority alleging one or more violations of an otherwise applicable 
Environmental,  Health  or  Safety  requirement  or  permit  provision,  which  resulted  in  a  facility’s 
implementation of corrective action(s).  

Permit and  

Performance 

License Violations 

Target Payable Under Column 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1  

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

5)  No  performance  incentive  compensation  was  payable  for  achieving  the  health  and  safety,  permit  and 
license violation, and revenue targets unless a minimum of 70% of the EBITDA target was achieved. 

EVP/COO MIP: 
2017  EVP/COO  performance  compensation  was  based  upon  meeting  corporate  revenue,  EBITDA,  health 
and safety, and environmental compliance (permit and license violations) objectives during fiscal year 2017 
from  our  continuing  operations  (excluding  PF  Medical).  At  achievement  of  70%  to  119%  of  the  revenue 
target and 60% to 119% of the EBITDA target, the potential performance compensation was payable at 5% 
to 50% of the 2017 base salary.  For this compensation, 60% was based on EBITDA goal, 10% on revenue 
goal, 15% on the number of health and safety claim incidents that occurred during fiscal year 2017, and the 
remaining  15%  on  the  number  of  notices  alleging  environmental,  health  or  safety  violations  under  our 
permits or licenses that occurred during the fiscal year 2017. Upon achievement of 120% to 160%+ of the 
revenue and EBITDA targets, the potential performance compensation was payable at 65% to 100% of the 
EVP/COO’s 2017 base salary. For this compensation, the amount payable was based on the four objectives 
noted above, with the payment of such performance compensation being weighted more heavily toward the 
EBITDA  objective.  Each  of  the  revenue  and  EBITDA  components  was  based  on  our  Board-approved 
revenue target and EBITDA target. The 2017 target performance incentive compensation for our EVP/COO 
was as follows: 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annualized Base Pay: 
Performance Incentive Compensation Target (at 100% of Plan): 
Total Annual Target Compensation (at 100% of Plan): 

 $ 267,000 
 $ 133,500 
 $ 400,500 

EVP/COO MIP MATRIX
2017

Performance Target Column:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

TARGET

Revenue Target
EBITDA Target

<
<

$  
$    

56,000,000
5,600,000

$   
$     

56,000,000
5,600,000

$   
$     

63,586,000
6,358,600

$   
$     

80,000,000
9,300,000

$    
$    

96,000,000
11,160,000

$  
$    

112,000,000
13,020,000

$  
$    

128,000,000
14,880,000

% of Performance Incentive Target
% of Revenue Target Achieved
% of EBITDA Target Achieved

0%
<70%
<60%

10%
70%-78%
60%-67%

50%

170%
79%-99% 100%-119% 120%-139% 140%-159%
68%-99% 100%-119% 120%-139% 140%-159%

100%

130%

200%
160%+
160%+

Revenue
EBITDA
Health and Safety
Permit & License Violations

$                   
-
-
-
-
$                   
-

$            

$            

$          

$           

$           

$           

6,674
40,050
10,013
10,013
66,750

13,350
80,100
20,025
20,025
133,500

19,071
114,429
20,025
20,025
173,550

26,700
160,200
20,025
20,025
226,950

32,421
194,529
20,025
20,025
267,000

$          

$          

$        

$         

$         

$         

1,334
8,010
2,003
2,003
13,350

1)  Revenue was defined as the total consolidated third-party top line revenue from continuing operations 
(excluding  PF  Medical)  as  publicly  reported  in  the  Company’s  2017  financial  statements.    The 
percentage  achieved  was  determined  by  comparing  the  actual  consolidated  revenue  from  continuing 
operations to the Board-approved revenue target from continuing operations, which was $80,000,000.  
The Board reserved the right to modify or change the revenue targets as defined herein in the event of 
the sale or disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition. 

2)  EBITDA was defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization from continuing 
operations (excluding PF Medical).  The percentage achieved was determined by comparing the actual 
EBITDA to the Board-approved EBITDA target for 2017, which was $9,300,000. The Board reserved 
the  right  to  modify  or  change  the  EBITDA  targets  as  defined  herein  in  the  event  of  the  sale  or 
disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.       

3)  The  health  and  safety  incentive  target  was  based  upon  the  actual  number  of  Worker’s  Compensation 
Lost Time Accidents, as provided by the Company’s Worker’s Compensation carrier.  The Corporate 
Controller submitted a report on a quarterly basis documenting and confirming the number of Worker’s 
Compensation Lost Time Accidents, supported by the Worker’s Compensation Loss Report provided by 
the company’s carrier or broker.  Such claims were identified on the loss report as “indemnity claims.”  
The following number of Worker’s Compensation Lost Time Accidents and corresponding Performance 
Target Thresholds was established for the annual incentive compensation plan calculation for 2017. 

Work Comp. 

Performance 

Claim Number 

Target Payable Under Column 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1  

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

89 

 
 
 
 
                     
              
            
            
           
           
           
                     
              
            
            
             
             
             
                     
              
            
            
             
             
             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4)  Permits or license violations incentive was earned/determined according to the scale set forth below:  
An “official notice of non-compliance” was defined as an official communication during 2017 from a 
local, state, or federal regulatory authority alleging one or more violations of an otherwise applicable 
Environmental,  Health  or  Safety  requirement  or  permit  provision,  which  resulted  in  a  facility’s 
implementation of corrective action(s).  

Permit and  

Performance 

License Violations 

Target Payable Under Column 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1  

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

5)  No  performance  incentive  compensation  was  payable  for  achieving  the  health  and  safety,  permit  and 
license violation, and revenue targets unless a minimum of 60% of the EBITDA target was achieved. 

CFO MIP: 
2017  CFO  performance  compensation  was  based  upon  meeting  corporate  revenue,  EBITDA,  health  and 
safety,  and  environmental  compliance  (permit  and  license  violations)  objectives  during  fiscal  year  2017 
from our continuing operations (excluding PF Medical). At achievement of 70% to 119% of the revenue and 
EBITDA  targets,  the  potential  performance  compensation  was  payable  at  5%  to  50%  of  the  2017  base 
salary.  For this compensation, 60% was based on EBITDA goal, 10% on revenue goal, 15% on the number 
of health and safety claim  incidents that occurred during fiscal year 2017, and the remaining 15% on the 
number  of  notices  alleging  environmental,  health  or  safety  violations  under  our  permits  or  licenses  that 
occurred during the fiscal year 2017. Upon achievement of 120% to 160%+ of the revenue and EBITDA 
targets,  the  CFO’s  potential  performance  compensation  was  payable  at  65%  to  100%  of  the  CFO’s  2017 
base salary. For this compensation, the amount payable was based on the four objectives noted above, with 
the  payment  of  such  performance  compensation  being  weighted  more  heavily  toward  the  EBITDA 
objective. Each of the revenue and EBITDA components was based on our Board-approved revenue target 
and EBITDA target. The 2017 target performance incentive compensation for our CFO was as follows: 

Annualized Base Pay: 
Performance Incentive Compensation Target (at 100% of Plan): 
Total Annual Target Compensation (at 100% of Plan): 

  $220,667  
  $110,334  
  $331,001  

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CFO MIP MATRIX
2017

Performance Target Column:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

TARGET

Revenue Target
EBITDA Target

<
<

$   
$     

56,000,000
6,510,000

$   
$     

56,000,000
6,510,000

$   
$     

68,000,000
7,905,000

$   
$     

80,000,000
9,300,000

$    
$    

96,000,000
11,160,000

$  
$    

112,000,000
13,020,000

$    
$      

128,000,000
14,880,000

% of Performance Incentive Target
% of Target Achieved

0%
<70%

10%
70%-84%

50%

170%
85%-99% 100%-119% 120%-139% 140%-159%

100%

130%

200%
160%+

Revenue
EBITDA
Health and Safety
Permit & License Violations

-
$                   
-
-
-
$                   
-

1,103
6,620
1,655
1,655
11,033

5,517
33,100
8,275
8,275
55,167

11,034
66,200
16,550
16,550
110,334

15,762
94,572
16,550
16,550
143,434

22,067
132,400
16,550
16,550
187,567

$          

$          

$        

$         

$         

$           

$            

$            

$          

$           

$           

$             

26,795
160,772
16,550
16,550
220,667

1)  Revenue was defined as the total consolidated third-party top line revenue from continuing operations 
(excluding  PF  Medical)  as  publicly  reported  in  the  Company’s  2017  financial  statements.    The 
percentage  achieved  was  determined  by  comparing  the  actual  consolidated  revenue  from  continuing 
operations to the Board-approved revenue target from continuing operations, which was $80,000,000.  
The Board reserved the right to modify or change the revenue targets as defined herein in the event of 
the sale or disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition. 

2)  EBITDA was defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization from continuing 
operations (excluding PF Medical).  The percentage achieved was determined by comparing the actual 
EBITDA to the Board-approved EBITDA target for 2017, which was $9,300,000. The Board reserved 
the  right  to  modify  or  change  the  EBITDA  targets  as  defined  herein  in  the  event  of  the  sale  or 
disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.   

3)  The  health  and  safety  incentive  target  was  based  upon  the  actual  number  of  Worker’s  Compensation 
Lost Time Accidents, as provided by the Company’s Worker’s Compensation carrier.  The Corporate 
Controller submitted a report on a quarterly basis documenting and confirming the number of Worker’s 
Compensation Lost Time Accidents, supported by the Worker’s Compensation Loss Report provided by 
the company’s carrier or broker.  Such claims were identified on the loss report as “indemnity claims.”  
The following number of Worker’s Compensation Lost Time Accidents and corresponding Performance 
Target Thresholds was established for the annual incentive compensation plan calculation for 2017. 

Work Comp. 

Performance 

Claim Number 

Target Payable Under Column 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1  

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

4)  Permits or license violations incentive was earned/determined according to the scale set forth below:  
An “official notice of non-compliance” was defined as an official communication during 2017 from a 
local, state, or federal regulatory authority alleging one or more violations of an otherwise applicable 

91 

 
                     
              
            
            
             
           
             
                     
              
              
            
             
             
               
                     
              
              
            
             
             
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental,  Health  or  Safety  requirement  or  permit  provision,  which  resulted  in  a  facility’s 
implementation of corrective action(s).  

Permit and  

Performance 

License Violations 

Target Payable Under Column 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1  

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

5)  No  performance  incentive  compensation  was  payable  for  achieving  the  health  and  safety,  permit  and 
license violation, and revenue targets unless a minimum of 70% of the EBITDA target was achieved. 

2017 MIP Targets 
As  discussed  above,  2017  MIPs  approved  for  the  CEO,  EVP/COO,  and  CFO  by  the  Board  and  the 
Compensation  Committee  provided  for  the  award  of  cash  compensation  based  on  achievement  of 
performance targets which included revenue and EBITDA targets as approved by our Board.  The 2017 MIP 
revenue target of $80,000,000 and EBITDA target of $9,300,000 were set by the Compensation Committee 
taking  into  account  the  Board-approved  budget  for  2017  as  well  as  the  committee’s  expectations  for 
performance that in its estimation would warrant payment of incentive cash compensation. In formulating 
the  revenue  target  of  $80,000,000,  the  Board  considered  2016  results,  current  economic  conditions,  and 
forecasts  for  2017  government  (U.S  DOE)  spending.  The  Compensation  Committee  believed  the 
performance targets were likely to be achieved, but not assured. No cash incentive-based compensation was 
paid under any of the 2017 MIPs. 

2018 MIPs 
On January 18, 2018, the Board and the Compensation Committee approved individual MIP for our CEO, 
CFO and EVP of Strategic Initiatives. The MIPs are effective January 1, 2018 and applicable for year 2018. 
Each MIP  provides  guidelines for  the calculation  of  annual  cash incentive-based  compensation,  subject  to 
Compensation  Committee  oversight  and  modification.  Each  MIP  awards  cash  compensation  based  on 
achievement of performance thresholds, with the amount of such compensation established as a percentage 
of the executive’s 2018 annual base salary on the approval date of the MIP. The potential target performance 
compensation ranges from 5% to 100% of the base salary for the CEO ($13,350 to $267,000), 5% to 100% 
of the base  salary  for  the CFO  ($11,475 to  $229,494)  and  5% to  100%  of  the base  salary  for  the  EVP of 
Strategic Initiatives ($11,170 to $223,400).  

Performance compensation is paid on or about 90 days after year-end, or sooner, based on finalization of 
our audited financial statements for 2018.  The Compensation Committee retains the right to modify, change 
or terminate each MIP and may adjust the various target amounts described below, at any time and for any 
reason. 

The total performance compensation paid to the CEO, CFO and EVP of Strategic Initiatives as a group is 
not to exceed 50% of the Company’s pre-tax net income (exclusive of PF Medical) prior to the calculation 
of performance compensation. 

The following describes the principal terms of each 2018 MIP as approved on January 18, 2018: 

CEO MIP: 
2018  CEO  performance  compensation  is  based  upon  meeting  corporate  revenue,  EBITDA,  health  and 
safety,  and  environmental  compliance  (permit  and  license  violations)  objectives  during  fiscal  year  2018 
92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from  our  continuing  operations  (excluding  PF  Medical).  The  Compensation  Committee  believes 
performance compensation payable under each of the 2018 MIPs as discussed herein and below should be 
based on achievement of an EBITDA target, which excludes certain non-cash items, as this target provides a 
better indicator of operating performance. However, EBITDA has certain limitations as it does not reflect all 
items  of  income  or  cash  flows  that  affect  the  Company’s  financial  performance  under  GAAP.  At 
achievement  of  60%  to  110%  of  each  of  the  revenue  and  EBITDA  targets,  the  potential  performance 
compensation is payable at 5% to 50% of the 2018 base salary.  For this compensation, 60% is based on 
EBITDA  goal,  10%  on revenue  goal,  15%  on the  number  of  health  and  safety  claim  incidents  that  occur 
during fiscal year 2018, and the remaining 15% on the number of notices alleging environmental, health or 
safety violations under our permits or licenses that occur during the fiscal year 2018. Upon achievement of 
111%  to  150%+  of  each  of  the  revenue  and  EBITDA  targets,  the  potential  performance  compensation  is 
payable at 65% to 100% of the CEO’s 2018 base salary. For this compensation, the amount payable is based 
on  the four  objectives  noted  above,  with the  payment  of  such  performance  compensation  being  weighted 
more heavily toward the EBITDA objective. Each of the revenue and EBITDA components is based on our 
Board-approved revenue target and EBITDA target. The 2018 target performance incentive compensation 
for our CEO is as follows: 

Annualized Base Pay: 
Performance Incentive Compensation Target (at 100% of Plan): 
Total Annual Target Compensation (at 100% of Plan): 

 $ 267,000 
 $ 133,500 
 $ 400,500 

Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. 
2018 Management Incentive Plan
CEO MIP MATRIX

<60%

60%-74%

75%-89%

90%-110% 111%-129%

130%-150%

>150%

Performance Target Achieved

Revenue

EBITDA

Health & Safety

Permit & License Violations

$ 

$ 

-

-  

-  

-  
-

$

1,334

$ 

6,674

$    

13,350

$    

19,071

$    

26,700

$    

32,421

8,010

2,003

40,050

80,100

114,429

160,200

194,529

10,013

20,025

20,025

20,025

20,025

2,003
13,350

$    

10,013
66,750

$    

20,025
133,500

$  

20,025
173,550

$  

20,025
226,950

$  

20,025
267,000

$  

1)

2)

3) 

Revenue is defined as the total consolidated third-party top line revenue from continuing operations
(excluding  PF  Medical)  as  publicly  reported  in  the  Company’s  2018  financial  statements.  The
percentage  achieved  is  determined  by  comparing  the  actual  consolidated  revenue  from  continuing
operations  to  the  Board-approved  revenue target  from  continuing  operations, which is  $63,398,000.
The Board reserves the right to modify or change the revenue targets as defined herein in the event of
the sale or disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.

EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization from continuing
operations (excluding PF Medical). The percentage achieved is determined by comparing the actual
EBITDA to the Board-approved EBITDA target for 2018, which is $7,682,000. The Board reserves
the  right  to  modify  or  change  the  EBITDA  targets  as  defined  herein  in  the  event  of  the  sale  or
disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.

The  health  and  safety  incentive  target  is  based  upon  the  actual  number  of  Worker’s  Compensation 
Lost Time Accidents, as provided by the Company’s Worker’s Compensation carrier.  The Corporate 
Controller  will  submit  a  report  on  a  quarterly  basis  documenting  and  confirming  the  number  of 
Worker’s Compensation Lost Time Accidents, supported by the Worker’s Compensation Loss Report 
provided  by  the  company’s  carrier  or  broker.    Such  claims  will  be  identified  on  the  loss  report  as 
“indemnity  claims.”    The  following  number  of  Worker’s  Compensation  Lost  Time  Accidents  and 
corresponding  Performance  Target  Thresholds  has  been  established  for  the  annual  incentive 
compensation plan calculation for 2018. 

93

  
  
  
 
 
 
  
Work Comp. 

Performance 

Claim Number 

Target Payable Under Column 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1  

60%-74% 

75%-89% 

90%-110% 

111%-129% 

130%-150% 

>150%

4)

Permits or license incentive is earned/determined according to the scale set forth below: An “official
notice of non-compliance” is defined as an official communication during 2018 from a local, state, or
federal regulatory authority alleging one or more violations of an otherwise applicable Environmental,
Health  or  Safety  requirement  or  permit  provision,  which  resulted  in  a  facility’s  implementation  of
corrective action(s).

Permit and  

Performance 

License Violations 

Target Payable Under Column 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1  

60%-74% 

75%-89% 

90%-110% 

111%-129% 

130%-150% 

>150%

5)

No performance incentive compensation will be payable for achieving the health and safety, permit
and  license  violation,  and  revenue  targets  unless  a  minimum  of  60%  of  the  EBITDA  target  is
achieved.

CFO MIP: 
2018  CFO  performance  compensation  is  based  upon  meeting  corporate  revenue,  EBITDA,  health  and 
safety,  and  environmental  compliance  (permit  and  license  violations)  objectives  during  fiscal  year  2018 
from  our  continuing  operations  (excluding  PF  Medical).  At  achievement  of  60%  to  110%  of  each  of  the 
revenue and EBITDA targets, the potential performance compensation is payable at 5% to 50% of the 2018 
base  salary.  For  this  compensation,  60%  is  based  on  EBITDA  goal,  10%  on  revenue  goal,  15%  on  the 
number of health and safety claim incidents that occur during fiscal year 2018, and the remaining 15% on 
the number of notices alleging environmental, health or safety violations under our permits or licenses that 
occur  during  the  fiscal  year  2018.  Upon  achievement  of  111%  to  150%+  of  each  of  the  revenue  and 
EBITDA  targets,  the  potential  performance  compensation is payable at  65% to 100%  of  the  CFO’s 2018 
base salary. For this compensation, the amount payable is based on the four objectives noted above, with the 
payment  of  such  performance  compensation  being  weighted  more heavily  toward  the  EBITDA  objective. 
Each of the revenue and EBITDA components is based on our Board-approved revenue target and EBITDA 
target. The 2018 target performance incentive compensation for our CFO is as follows: 

Annualized Base Pay: 
Performance Incentive Compensation Target (at 100% of Plan): 
Total Annual Target Compensation (at 100% of Plan): 

 $ 229,494 
 $ 114,747 
 $ 344,241 

94

Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. 
2018 Management Incentive Plan
CFO MIP MATRIX

<60%

60%-74%

75%-89%

90%-110% 111%-129%

130%-150%

>150%

Performance Target Achieved

Revenue

EBITDA

Health & Safety

Permit & License Violations

$ 

$ 

-

-  

-  

-  
-

$

1,146

$ 

5,736

$    

11,475

$    

16,392

$    

22,949

$    

27,867

6,885

1,722

34,424

68,848

98,355

137,696

167,203

8,607

17,212

17,212

17,212

17,212

1,722
11,475

$    

8,607
57,374

$    

17,212
114,747

$  

17,212
149,171

$  

17,212
195,069

$  

17,212
229,494

$  

1)

2)

3) 

Revenue is defined as the total consolidated third-party top line revenue from continuing operations
(excluding Medical) as publicly reported in the Company’s 2018 financial statements. The percentage
achieved is determined by comparing the actual consolidated revenue from continuing operations to
the  Board-approved  revenue  target  from  continuing  operations,  which  is  $63,398,000.    The  Board
reserves the right to modify or change the revenue targets as defined herein in the event of the sale or
disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.

EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization from continuing
operations (excluding PF Medical). The percentage achieved is determined by comparing the actual
EBITDA to the Board-approved EBITDA target for 2018, which is $7,682,000. The Board reserves
the  right  to  modify  or  change  the  EBITDA  targets  as  defined  herein  in  the  event  of  the  sale  or
disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.

The  health  and  safety  incentive  target  is  based  upon  the  actual  number  of  Worker’s  Compensation
Lost Time Accidents, as provided by the Company’s Worker’s Compensation carrier.  The Corporate
Controller  will  submit  a  report  on  a  quarterly  basis  documenting  and  confirming  the  number  of
Worker’s Compensation Lost Time Accidents, supported by the Worker’s Compensation Loss Report
provided  by  the  company’s  carrier  or  broker.    Such  claims  will  be  identified  on  the  loss  report  as
“indemnity  claims.”    The  following  number  of  Worker’s  Compensation  Lost  Time  Accidents  and
corresponding  Performance  Target  Thresholds  has  been  established  for  the  annual  incentive
compensation plan calculation for 2018.

Work Comp. 

Claim Number 

Performance 

Target Payable Under Column 

  6 

  5 

  4 

  3 

  2 

  1  

  60%-74% 

  75%-89% 

  90%-110% 

  111%-129% 

  130%-150% 

>150% 

4)

Permits or license incentive is earned/determined according to the scale set forth below: An “official
notice of non-compliance” is defined as an official communication during 2018 from a local, state, or
federal regulatory authority alleging one or more violations of an otherwise applicable Environmental,
Health  or  Safety  requirement  or  permit  provision,  which  resulted  in  a  facility’s  implementation  of
corrective action(s).

95

  
  
  
 
 
 
  
Permit and  

Performance 

License Violations 

Target Payable Under Column 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1  

60%-74% 

75%-89% 

90%-110% 

111%-129% 

 130%-150% 

>150%

5)

No performance incentive compensation will be payable for achieving the health and safety, permit
and  license  violation,  and  revenue  targets  unless  a  minimum  of  60%  of  the  EBITDA  target  is
achieved.

EVP of Strategic Initiatives MIP: 
2018  EVP  of  Strategic  Initiatives  performance  compensation  is  based  upon  meeting  corporate  revenue, 
EBITDA, health and safety, and environmental compliance (permit and license violations) objectives during 
fiscal year 2018 from our continuing operations (excluding PF Medical). At achievement of 60% to 110% 
of each of the revenue and EBITDA targets, the potential performance compensation is payable at 5% to 
50% of the 2018 base salary.  For this compensation, 60% is based on EBITDA goal, 10% on revenue goal, 
15%  on  the  number  of  health  and  safety  claim  incidents  that  occur  during  fiscal  year  2018,  and  the 
remaining  15%  on  the  number  of  notices  alleging  environmental,  health  or  safety  violations  under  our 
permits or licenses that occur during the fiscal year 2018. Upon achievement of 111% to 150%+ of each of 
the revenue and EBITDA targets, the potential performance compensation is payable at 65% to 100% of the 
EVP of Strategic Initiative’s 2018 base salary. For this compensation, the amount payable is based on the 
four  objectives  noted  above,  with  the  payment  of  such  performance  compensation  being  weighted  more 
heavily  toward  the  EBITDA  objective.  Each  of  the  revenue  and  EBITDA  components  is  based  on  our 
Board-approved revenue target and EBITDA target. The 2018 target performance incentive compensation 
for our EVP of Strategic Initiatives is as follows: 

Annualized Base Pay: 
Performance Incentive Compensation Target (at 100% of Plan): 
Total Annual Target Compensation (at 100% of Plan): 

 $ 223,400 
 $ 111,700 
 $ 335,100 

Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc.
2018 Management Incentive Plan
EVP OF STRATEGIC INITIATIVES MIP MATRIX

<60%

60%-74%

75%-89%

90%-110% 111%-129%

130%-150%

>150%

Performance Target Achieved

Revenue

EBITDA

Health & Safety

Permit & License Violations

$ 

$ 

-

-  

-  

-  
-

$

1,116

$ 

5,584

$    

11,170

$    

15,957

$    

22,340

$    

27,127

6,702

1,676

33,510

67,020

95,743

134,040

162,763

8,378

16,755

16,755

16,755

16,755

1,676
11,170

$    

8,378
55,850

$    

16,755
111,700

$  

16,755
145,210

$  

16,755
189,890

$  

16,755
223,400

$  

1)

Revenue is defined as the total consolidated third-party top line revenue from continuing operations
(excluding Medical) as publicly reported in the Company’s 2018 financial statements. The percentage
achieved is determined by comparing the actual consolidated revenue from continuing operations to
the  Board-approved  revenue  target  from  continuing  operations,  which  is  $63,398,000.    The  Board
reserves the right to modify or change the revenue targets as defined herein in the event of the sale or
disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.

96

  
  
  
 
 
 
  
2) 

3) 

EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization from continuing 
operations (excluding PF Medical).  The percentage achieved is determined by comparing the actual 
EBITDA to the Board-approved EBITDA target for 2018, which is $7,682,000. The Board reserves 
the  right  to  modify  or  change  the  EBITDA  targets  as  defined  herein  in  the  event  of  the  sale  or 
disposition of any of the assets of the Company or in the event of an acquisition.     

The  health  and  safety  incentive  target  is  based  upon  the  actual  number  of  Worker’s  Compensation 
Lost Time Accidents, as provided by the Company’s Worker’s Compensation carrier.  The Corporate 
Controller  will  submit  a  report  on  a  quarterly  basis  documenting  and  confirming  the  number  of 
Worker’s Compensation Lost Time Accidents, supported by the Worker’s Compensation Loss Report 
provided  by  the  company’s  carrier  or  broker.    Such  claims  will  be  identified  on  the  loss  report  as 
“indemnity  claims.”    The  following  number  of  Worker’s  Compensation  Lost  Time  Accidents  and 
corresponding  Performance  Target  Thresholds  has  been  established  for  the  annual  incentive 
compensation plan calculation for 2018. 

Work Comp. 

Claim Number 

Performance 

Target Payable Under Column 

         6 

         5 

         4 

         3 

         2 

         1  

                 60%-74% 

                 75%-89% 

                90%-110%  

               111%-129% 

               130%-150%  

                  >150+ 

4) 

Permits or license incentive is earned/determined according to the scale set forth below: An “official 
notice of non-compliance” is defined as an official communication during 2018 from a local, state, or 
federal regulatory authority alleging one or more violations of an otherwise applicable Environmental, 
Health  or  Safety  requirement  or  permit  provision,  which  resulted  in  a  facility’s  implementation  of 
corrective action(s).  

Permit and  

Performance 

License Violations 

Target Payable Under Column 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1  

60%-74%  

75%-89% 

90%-110% 

111%-129% 

130%-150% 

>150% 

5)  No performance incentive compensation will be payable for achieving the health and safety, permit 
and  license  violation,  and  revenue  targets  unless  a  minimum  of  60%  of  the  EBITDA  target  is 
achieved. 

2018 MIP Targets 
As discussed above, 2018 MIPs approved for the CEO, CFO and EVP of Strategic Initiatives by the Board 
and  the  Compensation  Committee  provide  for  the  award  of  cash  compensation  based  on  achievement  of 
performance targets which included revenue and EBITDA targets as approved by our Board. The 2018 MIP 
revenue target of $63,398,000 and EBITDA target of $7,682,000 were set by the Compensation Committee 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
taking  into  account  the  Board-approved  budget  for  2018  as  well  as  the  committee’s  expectations  for 
performance that in its estimation would warrant payment of incentive cash compensation. In formulating 
the  revenue  target  of  $63,398,000,  the  Board  considered  2017  results,  current  economic  conditions,  and 
forecasts  for  2018  government  (U.S  DOE)  spending.  The  Compensation  Committee  believes  the 
performance targets are likely to be achieved, but not assured.  

Long-Term Incentive Compensation  

Employee Stock Option Plans 
The  2010  Stock  Option  Plan  and  2017  the  Stock  Option  Plan  (together,  the  “Option  Plans”)  encourage 
participants  to  focus  on  long-term  performance  and  provides  an  opportunity  for  executive  officers  and 
certain  designated  key  employees  to  increase  their  stake  in  the  Company.  Stock  options  succeed  by 
delivering value to executives only when the value of our stock increases. The Option Plans authorize the 
grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options (“NQSOs”) and Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”) for the purchase of 
our Common Stock.   

The Option Plans assist the Company to: 

• 

enhance  the  link  between  the  creation  of  stockholder  value  and  long-term  executive  incentive 
compensation; 

•  provide an opportunity for increased equity ownership by executives; and 

•  maintain competitive levels of total compensation;  

Stock  option  award  levels  are  determined  based  on  market  data,  vary  among  participants  based  on  their 
positions with us and are granted generally at the Compensation Committee’s regularly scheduled July or 
August  meeting.  Newly  hired  or  promoted  executive  officers  who  are  eligible  to  receive  options  are 
generally  awarded  such  options  at  the  next  regularly  scheduled  Compensation  Committee  meeting 
following their hire or promotion date.  

Options  are  awarded  with  an  exercise  price  equal  to  or  not  less  than  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s 
Common Stock on the date of the grant as reported on the NASDAQ.  In certain limited circumstances, the 
Compensation  Committee may  grant  options  to  an  executive  at  an  exercise  price in  excess  of the closing 
price of the Company’s Common Stock on the grant date.  

On July  27,  2017,  the  Company  granted  ISOs  from  the 2017  Stock  Option  Plan  to  the  NEOs  as follows: 
100,000  ISOs  to  Mr.  Mark  Duff;  50,000  ISOs  to  Dr.  Louis  Centofanti;  and  50,000  ISOs  to  Mr.  Ben 
Naccarato. The ISOs granted were for a contractual term of six years with one-fifth yearly vesting over a 
five year period. The exercise price of the ISOs was $3.65 per share, which was equal to the fair market 
value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  

Additionally,  Mr.  Duff  has  outstanding  50,000  ISO’s  granted  to  him  by  the  Company  on  May  15,  2016 
from the 2010 Stock Option Plan. The ISOs granted were for a contractual term of six years with one-third 
vesting annually over a three-year period. The exercise price of the ISOs was $3.97 per share, which was 
equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant.  

In  cases  of  termination  of  an  executive  officer’s  employment  due  to  death,  by  the  executive  for  “good 
reason”, by the Company without cause, and due to a “change of control,” all outstanding stock options to 
purchase  common  stock  held  by  the  executive  officer  will  immediately  become  exercisable  in  full  (see 
further  discussion  of  these  fully  vested  options  and  exercisability  term  of  these  options  in  each  of  these 
circumstances  in  “Item  11  –  EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION  –  Employment  Agreements.”    Otherwise, 
vesting  of  option  awards  ceases  upon  termination  of  employment  and  exercise  right  of  the  vested  option 
amount ceases upon three months from termination of employment except in the case of retirement (subject 
to a six month limitation) and disability (subject to a one-year limitation).  

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation  
We  account  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  ASC  718,  “Compensation  –  Stock 
Compensation.”  ASC  718 establishes  accounting  standards  for  entity  exchanges  of equity  instruments  for 
goods or services.  It also addresses transactions in which an entity incurs liabilities in exchange for goods 
or services that are based on the fair value of the entity’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the 
issuance of those equity instruments. ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees, including 
grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. The 
Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  to  determine  the  fair-value  of  stock-based  awards 
which requires subjective assumptions. Assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted 
include the exercise price of the award, the expected term, the expected volatility of the Company’s stock 
over the option’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option’s expected term, and the expected 
annual dividend yield. We recognize stock-based compensation expense using a straight-line amortization 
method over the requisite period, which is the vesting period of the stock option grant.  

Retirement and Other Benefits  

401(k) Plan 
We adopted the Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) in 1992, which is 
intended  to  comply  with  Section  401  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  the  provisions  of  the  Employee 
Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974.    All  full-time  employees  who  have  attained  the  age  of  18  are 
eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. Eligibility is immediate upon employment but enrollment is only 
allowed  during  four  quarterly  open  periods  of  January  1,  Apri1  1,  July  1,  and  October  1.  Participating 
employees may make annual pretax contributions to their accounts up to 100% of their compensation, up to 
a maximum amount as limited by law. We, at our discretion, may make matching contributions based on the 
employee’s  elective  contributions.  Company  contributions  vest  over  a  period  of  five  years.  In  2017,  the 
Company contributed approximately $326,000 in 401(k) matching funds, of which approximately $15,000 
was  for  our  NEOs  (see  the  “Summary  Compensation”  table  in  this  section  for  401(k)  matching  fund 
contributions made for the NEOs for 2017). In 2016, the Company contributed approximately $307,000 in 
401(k) matching funds, of which approximately $15,000 was for our NEOs.  

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits  
The  Company  provides  executive  officers  with  limited  perquisites  and  other  personal  benefits 
(health/disability/life insurance) that the Company and the Compensation Committee believe are reasonable 
and  consistent  with  its  overall  compensation  program  to  better  enable  the  Company  to  attract  and  retain 
superior  employees  for  key  positions.  The  Compensation  Committee  periodically  reviews  the  levels  of 
perquisites and other personal benefits provided to executive officers. The executive officers are provided 
an auto allowance.  

Consideration of Stockholder Say-On-Pay Advisory Vote.   
At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on July 27, 2017, our stockholders voted, on a non-binding, 
advisory basis, on the compensation of our NEOs for 2016. A substantial majority (approximately 88%) of 
the total votes cast on our say-on-pay proposal at that meeting approved the compensation of our NEOs for 
2016  on  a  non-binding,  advisory  basis.  The  Compensation  Committee  and  the  Board  believes  that  this 
affirms  our  stockholders’  support  of  our  approach  to  executive  compensation.  The  Compensation 
Committee expects to continue to consider the results of future stockholder say-on-pay advisory votes when 
making future compensation decisions for our NEOs. We will hold an advisory vote on the compensation of 
our NEOs at our 2018 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Compensation of Directors 
Directors  who  are  employees  receive  no  additional  compensation  for  serving  on  the  Board  or  its 
committees. In 2017, we provided the following annual compensation to directors who are not employees:    

•  options to purchase 2,400 shares of our Common Stock with each option having a 10 year term and 

being fully vested after six months from grant date;   
a quarterly director fee of $8,000;  

• 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

an  additional  quarterly  fee  of  $5,500  and  $7,500  to  the  Chairman  of  our  Audit  Committee  and 
Chairman of the Board (non-employee), respectively; and 
a  fee  of  $1,000  for  each  board  meeting  attendance  and  a  $500  fee  for  meeting  attendance  via 
conference call. 

Each director may elect to have either 65% or 100% of such fees payable in Common Stock under the 2003 
Outside Directors Stock Plan (“2003 Outside Directors Plan”), with the balance payable in cash.   

Dr. Louis Centofanti, a current member of the Board, is not eligible to receive compensation for his service 
as  a  director  of  the  Company  as  he  is an  employee  (named  executive  officer)  of  the  Company.  Mr.  John 
Climaco, who did not stand for reelection at the Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting, was also not eligible to 
receive  compensation  for  his  service  as  director  of  the  Company  as  he  was  EVP  of  PF  Medical  (the 
Company’s majority-owned Polish subsidiary) from June 2, 2015 to June 30, 2017. As EVP of PF Medical, 
Mr. Climaco was provided an annual salary of $150,000 from PF Medical.  See “Summary Compensation” 
table in this section for Dr. Centofanti’s annual salary as an employee of the Company.   

The  table  below  summarizes  the  director  compensation  expenses  recognized  by  the  Company  for  the 
director options and stock awards (resulting from fees earned) for the year ended December 31, 2017.  The 
terms of the 2003 Outside Directors Plan are further described below under “2003 Outside Directors Plan.”  

Director Compensation  

Fees 
Earned or 

Name

S. Robert Cochran
Dr. Gary G. Kugler 
Joe R. Reeder
Larry M. Shelton 
Mark A. Zwecker

In Cash    
($) (1)

6,101
13,125
       — 
23,800
21,000

Paid                

Stock 
Awards        
($) (2)

Option 
Awards      
($) (3)

40,446
32,502
50,002
58,936
52,000

21,732
5,952
5,952
5,952
5,952

Change in 
Pension Value 
and 
Nonqualified 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Earnings

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation  

($)

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

($)

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

All Other 
Compensation

Total           

($)

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

($)

68,279
51,579
55,954
88,688
78,952

(1)  Under the 2003 Outside Directors Plan, each director elects to receive 65% or 100% of the director’s fees in shares of our 
Common Stock.  The amounts set forth above represent the portion of the director’s fees paid in cash and exclude the value of 
the directors’ fee elected to be paid in Common Stock under the 2003 Outside Directors Plan, which values are included under 
“Stock Awards.” 

(2) 

The number of shares of Common Stock comprising stock awards granted under the 2003 Outside Directors Plan is calculated 
based  on  75%  of  the  closing  market  value  of  the  Common  Stock  as  reported  on  the  NASDAQ  on  the  business  day 
immediately preceding the date that the quarterly fee is due.  Such shares are fully vested on the date of grant.  The value of 
the stock award is based on the market value of our Common Stock at each quarter end times the number of shares issuable 
under the award.  The amount shown is the fair value of the Common Stock on the date of the award.     

(3)  Options  granted  under  the  Company’s  2003  Outside  Directors Plan  resulting  from  re-election  to  the  Board  of  Directors  on 
July 27, 2017. Options are for a 10-year period with an exercise price of $3.55 per share and are fully vested in six months 
from grant date.  The value of the option award for each outside director is calculated based on the fair value of the option per 
share ($2.48) on the date of grant times the number of options granted, which was 2,400 for each director, pursuant to ASC 
718,  “Compensation  – Stock  Compensation.”  Option  awards  for  S.  Robert  Cochran  also  included  6,000  options  granted  to 
him upon initial appointment to the Board on January 13, 2017.  The options are for a 10-year period with an exercise price of 
$3.79 per share and are fully vested six months from date of grant. The fair value of the 6,000 options was determined to be 
approximately  $15,780  based  on  fair  value  of  $2.63  per  share.  The  following  table  reflects  the  aggregate  number  of 
outstanding  non-qualified  stock  options  held  by  the  Company’s  directors  at  December  31,  2017.  As  an  employee  of  the 
Company or its subsidiaries, Dr. Centofanti is not eligible to participate in the 2003 Outside Directors Plan. Options reflected 
below for Dr. Centofanti were granted from the 2017 Option Plan as discussed previously: 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
       
      
      
     
      
      
      
      
     
      
      
     
      
      
 
 
 
 
Name
S. Robert Cochran
Dr. Louis Centofanti
Dr. Gary G. Kugler
Joe R. Reeder
Larry M. Shelton
Mark A. Zwecker
Total

Options Outstanding at
 December 31, 2017

8,400
50,000
9,600
24,000
24,000
24,000
140,000

2003 Outside Directors Plan 
We believe that it is important for our directors to have a personal interest in our success and growth and for 
their  interests  to  be  aligned  with  those  of  our  stockholders;  therefore,  under  our  2003  Outside  Directors 
Stock Plan, as amended (“2003 Outside Directors Plan”), each outside director is granted a 10-year option 
to purchase up to 6,000 shares of Common Stock on the date such director is initially elected to the Board, 
and  receives  on  each  re-election  date  an  option  to  purchase  up  to  another  2,400  shares  of  our  Common 
Stock, with the exercise price being the fair market value of the Common Stock preceding the option grant 
date.  No option granted under the 2003 Outside Directors Plan is exercisable until after the expiration of six 
months  from  the  date  the  option  is  granted  and  no  option  shall  be  exercisable  after  the  expiration  of  ten 
years  from  the  date  the  option  is  granted.  At  December  31,  2017,  options  to  purchase  154,800  shares  of 
Common Stock were outstanding under the 2003 Outside Directors Plan, of which 142,800 were vested at 
December 31, 2017.  

As a member of the Board, each director may elect to receive either 65% or 100% of the director's fee in 
shares of our Common Stock. The number of shares received by each director is calculated based on 75% of 
the fair market value of the Common Stock determined on the business day immediately preceding the date 
that the quarterly fee is due. The balance of each director’s fee, if any, is payable in cash.  In 2017, the fees 
earned by our outside directors totaled approximately $298,000.  Reimbursements of expenses for attending 
meetings  of  the  Board  are  paid  in  cash  at  the  time  of  the  applicable  Board  meeting.    As  a  management 
director, Dr. Centofanti is not eligible to participate in the 2003 Outside Directors Plan.   

At December 31, 2017, we have issued 547,985 shares of our Common Stock in payment of director fees 
since the inception of the 2003 Outside Directors Plan. 

In the event of a “change of control” (as defined in the 2003 Outside Directors Plan), each outstanding stock 
option and stock award shall immediately become exercisable in full notwithstanding the vesting or exercise 
provisions contained in the stock option agreement.   

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND 
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 
The  table  below  sets  forth  information  as  to  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  beneficially  owned  as  of 
December 31, 2017, by each person known by us to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class 
of our voting securities.   

Name of Beneficial Owner 
Heartland Advisors, Inc.  (2) 
TALANTA Investment Group, LLC (3) 

Title 
Of Class 
Common 
Common 

Amount and 
Nature of 
 Ownership
1,397,560 
772,356 

Percent 
Of 
 Class (1) 
11.9% 
6.6% 

(1) The number of shares and the percentage of outstanding Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by
a person are based upon 11,747,055 shares of Common Stock outstanding on February 20, 2018, and the
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  which  such  person  has  the  right  to  acquire  beneficial  ownership  of
within 60 days. Beneficial ownership by our stockholders has been determined in accordance with the rules
promulgated under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.

101

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(2) This information is based on the Schedule 13F of Heartland Advisors, Inc., an investment advisor, filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2018, disclosing that at December 31, 2017, 
Heartland Advisors, Inc. had dispositive power over all shares shown above, but shared voting power over 
1,236,833  of  such  shares  and  no  voting  power  over  160,727  of  the  shares.    The  address  of  Heartland 
Advisors, Inc. is 789 North Water Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202. 

(3)  This  information  is  based  on  the  Schedule  13D  of  TALANTA  Investment  Group,  LLC,  a  private 
investment firm, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 2, 2017, disclosing that as 
of  July  25,  2017,  (i)  TALANTA  Investment  Group,  LLC,  (ii)  TALANTA  Fund,  L.P,  and  (iii)  Justyn  R. 
Putnam (collectively, the “Reporting Persons”), had shared dispositive power and shared voting power over 
all shares shown in the table above.  The address of the Reporting Persons is 401N. Tryon Street, 10th Floor, 
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202.  

As of February 12, 2018, Capital Bank–Grawe Gruppe AG (“Capital Bank”), a banking institution regulated 
by  the  banking  regulations  of  Austria,  holds  of  record  as  a  nominee  for,  and  as  an  agent  of,  certain 
accredited investors, 1,413,029 shares of our Common Stock.  None of Capital Bank's investors beneficially 
own more than 4.9% of our Common Stock and to its best knowledge, as far as stocks held in accounts with 
Capital Bank, none of Capital Bank’s investors act together as a group or otherwise act in concert for the 
purpose  of  voting  on  matters  subject  to  the  vote  of  our  stockholders  or  for  purpose  of  disposition  or 
investment of such stock. Additionally, Capital Bank's investors maintain full voting and dispositive power 
over  the  Common  Stock  beneficially  owned  by  such  investors,  and  Capital  Bank  has  neither  voting  nor 
investment  power  over  such  shares.  Accordingly,  Capital  Bank  believes  that  (i)  it  is  not  the  beneficial 
owner,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  of  the  Exchange  Act,  of  the  shares  of  Common  Stock 
registered in Capital Bank’s name because (a) Capital Bank holds the Common Stock as a nominee only, (b) 
Capital  Bank  has  neither  voting  nor  investment  power  over  such  shares,  and  (c)  Capital  Bank  has  not 
nominated or sought to nominate, and does not intend to nominate in the future, any person to serve as a 
member of our Board; and (ii) it is not required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or to 
file either Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G in connection with the shares of our Common Stock registered in 
the name of Capital Bank. 

Notwithstanding  the  previous  paragraph,  if  Capital  Bank's  representations  to  us  described  above  are 
incorrect or if Capital Bank's investors are acting as a group, then Capital Bank or a group of Capital Bank's 
investors could be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting securities.  If Capital Bank was deemed 
the  beneficial  owner  of  such  shares,  the  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  to  the  shares  of  voting 
securities that Capital Bank may be considered to beneficially own on February 12, 2018: 

Name of 
Record Owner 

Capital Bank-Grawe Gruppe  

Title 
Of Class 
  Common 

  Amount and 
Nature of 
Ownership 
1,413,029(+) 

Percent  
Of  
   Class (*) 
12.0% 

(*)   This calculation is based upon 11,747,055 shares of Common Stock outstanding on February 20, 2018, 
plus the number of shares of Common Stock which Capital Bank, as agent for certain accredited investors 
has the right to acquire within 60 days, which is none.   

(+) This amount is the number of shares that Capital Bank has represented to us that it holds of record as 
nominee for, and as an agent of, certain of its accredited investors.  As of the date of this report, Capital 
Bank has no warrants or options to acquire, as agent for certain investors, additional shares of our Common 
Stocks.  Although Capital Bank is the record holder of the shares of Common Stock described in this note, 
Capital Bank has advised us that it does not believe it is a beneficial owner of the Common Stock or that it 
is required to file reports under Section 16(a) or Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.  Because Capital Bank 
(a) has advised us that it holds the Common Stock as a nominee only and that it does not exercise voting or 
investment power over the Common Stock held in its name and that no one investor of Capital Bank for 
which it holds our Common Stock holds more than 4.9% of our issued and outstanding Common Stock and 
(b) has not nominated, and has not sought to nominate, and does not intend to nominate in the future, any 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
person  to  serve  as  a  member  of  our  Board,  we  do  not  believe  that  Capital  Bank  is  our  affiliate.  Capital 
Bank's address is Burgring 16, A-8010 Graz, Austria.   

Security Ownership of Management 
The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  to  the  shares  of  voting  securities  beneficially  owned  as  of 
February  20,  2018, by  each  of  our  directors and  NEOs  and  by  all  of  our  directors and  NEOs  as  a  group.  
Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the rules promulgated under Section 13(d) of 
the  Exchange  Act.    A  person  is  deemed  to  be  a  beneficial  owner  of  any  voting  securities  for  which  that 
person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days.  

Name of Beneficial Owner (2)
Dr. Louis F. Centofanti (3)
S. Robert Cochran (4)
Dr. Gary Kugler (5)
Joe R. Reeder (6)
Larry M. Shelton (7)
Zack Wamp (8)
Mark A. Zwecker (9)
Ben Naccarato (10)
Mark Duff (11)
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (9 persons) 

Amount and Nature
of Beneficial Owner (1)
215,925

19,636

51,560

160,701

112,164

 — 

180,062

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

1,500

(10)

(11)

22,667
764,215 (12)

Percent of Class (1)
1.84%

*

*

1.37%

*

*

1.53%

*

*

6.45%

*Indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%). 

(1)  See footnote (1) of the table under “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.”  

(2)  The business address of each person, for the purposes hereof, is c/o Perma-Fix Environmental Services, 
Inc., 8302 Dunwoody Place, Suite 250, Atlanta, Georgia 30350. 

(3)  These shares include (i) 153,125 shares held of record by Dr. Centofanti, and (iii) 62,800 shares held by 
Dr. Centofanti's wife.  Dr. Centofanti has sole voting and investment power of these shares, except for the 
shares  held  by  Dr.  Centofanti's  wife,  over  which  Dr. Centofanti  shares  voting  and  investment  power.  Dr. 
Centofanti also owns 700 shares of PF Medical’s Common Stock. 

(4)  Mr. Cochran has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 11,236 shares of 
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Cochran,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  8,400  shares,  which  are 
immediately exercisable. 

(5)   Dr. Kugler has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 41,960 shares of 
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Dr.  Kugler,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  9,600  shares,  which  are 
immediately exercisable. 

(6)  Mr. Reeder has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 136,701 shares of 
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Reeder,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  24,000  shares,  which  are 
immediately exercisable.   

(7) Mr. Shelton has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 88,164 shares of 
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Shelton,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  24,000  shares,  which  are 
immediately exercisable. Mr. Shelton also owns 750 shares of PF Medical’s Common Stock. 

(8) Mr. Wamp does not beneficially own any of the Company’s shares. 

103 

 
 
 
                     
                       
                       
                     
                     
                     
                         
                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
(9) Mr. Zwecker has sole voting and investment power over these shares which include: (i) 156,062 shares of 
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Zwecker,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  24,000  shares,  which  are 
immediately exercisable. 

(10) Mr. Naccarato has sole voting and investment power over all such shares, which are held of record by
Mr. Naccarato.  Mr. Naccarato also owns 100 shares of PF Medical’s Common Stock.

(11) Mr.  Duff  has  sole  voting  and  investment  power  over  these  shares  which  include:  (i)  6,000  shares  of
Common  Stock  held  of  record  by  Mr.  Duff,  and  (ii)  options  to  purchase  16,667  shares,  which  are
immediately exercisable.

(12) Amount includes 106,667 options, which are immediately exercisable. 

Equity Compensation Plans 
The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as  of  December  31,  2017,  with  respect  to  our  equity 
compensation plans. 

Equity Compensation Plan 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 
(b) 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a) 
(c) 

624,800 

— 
624,800 

$4.42 

— 
$4.42 

521,215 

— 
521,215 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans 
approved by stockholders 
Equity compensation plans not 
approved by stockholders 

Total 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

We describe below transactions to which we were a party during our last two fiscal years or to which we 
currently propose to be a party in the future, and in which: 

•

•

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average
of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years; and
any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our
voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have
a direct or indirect material interest.

Audit Committee Review 
Our  Audit  Committee  Charter  provides  for  the  review  by  the  Audit  Committee  of  any  related  party 
transactions,  other  than  transactions  involving  an  employment  relationship  with  the  Company,  which  are 
reviewed  by  the  Compensation  Committee.  Although  we  do  not  have  written  policies  for  the  review  of 
related party transactions, the Audit Committee reviews transactions between the Company and its directors, 
executive officers, and their respective immediate family members. In reviewing a proposed transaction, the 
Audit Committee takes into account, among other factors it deems appropriate: 

the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction;

(1)
(2) whether the transaction is on terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the

same or similar circumstances;
(3)  the cost and benefit to the Company; 

104

(4)  the impact or potential impact on a director’s independence in the event the related party is a 
director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director is a partner, 
stockholder or executive officer; 

(5)  the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; 
(6)  the terms of the transaction; and 
(7)  the risks to the Company. 

Related  party  transactions  are  reviewed  by  the  Audit  Committee  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the 
transaction. With respect to a related party transaction arising between Audit Committee meetings, the CFO 
may  present  it  to  the  Audit  Committee  Chairperson,  who  will  review  and  may  approve  the  related  party 
transaction  subject  to  ratification  by  the  Audit  Committee  at  the  next  scheduled  meeting.  Our  Audit 
Committee shall approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are not inconsistent 
with the Company’s best interests. 

Related Party Transactions 
David Centofanti 
David  Centofanti  serves  as  our  Vice  President  of  Information  Systems.    For  such  position,  he  received 
annual compensation of $168,000 for each of the years 2017 and 2016. David Centofanti is the son of Dr. 
Louis F. Centofanti, our EVP of Strategic Initiatives and a Board member.  Dr. Louis Centofanti previously 
held the position of President and CEO until September 8, 2017. 

Robert L. Ferguson 
Robert L. Ferguson serves as an advisor to the Company’s Board and is also a member of the Supervisory 
Board  of  PF  Medical,  a  majority-owned  Polish  subsidiary  of  the  Company.  Robert  Ferguson  previously 
served as a Board member of the Company from June 2007 to February 2010 and again from August 2011 
to September 2012.  The Company previously completed a lending transaction with Robert Ferguson and 
William Lampson in August 2013 (collectively, the “Lenders”) whereby the Company borrowed from the 
Lenders  $3,000,000  which  was  paid  in  full  by  the  Company  in  August  2016.    Robert  Ferguson  is  also  a 
consultant to the Company in connection with the Company’s Test Bed Initiative (“TBI”) at its Perma-Fix 
Northwest Richland, Inc. (“PFNWR”) facility. As an advisor to the Company’s Board, Robert Ferguson is 
paid $4,000 monthly plus reasonable expenses.  For such services, Robert Ferguson received compensation 
of approximately $51,000 and $59,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  For 
Robert Ferguson’s consulting work in connection with the Company’s TBI, on July 27, 2017 (“grant date”), 
the Company granted Robert Ferguson a stock option from the Company’s 2017 Stock Option Plan for the 
purchase of  up  to  100,000  shares  of the  Company’s common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $3.65 a  share, 
which  was  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the date of  grant  (“Ferguson  Stock 
Option”).  The  vesting  of  the  Ferguson  Stock  Option  is  subject  to  the  achievement  of  the  following 
milestones  (“waste”  as  noted  below  is  defined  as  liquid  LAW  (“low  activity  waste”)  and/or  liquid  TRU 
(“transuranic waste”)): 

•  Upon treatment and disposal of three gallons of waste at the PFNWR facility by January 27, 2018, 

10,000 shares of the Ferguson Stock Option shall become exercisable; 

•  Upon treatment and disposal of 2,000 gallons of waste at the PFNWR facility by January 27, 2019, 

30,000 shares of the Ferguson Stock Option shall become exercisable; and 

•  Upon treatment and disposal of 50,000 gallons of waste at the PFNWR facility and assistance, on 
terms satisfactory to the Company, in preparing certain justifications of cost and pricing data for the 
waste and obtaining a long-term commercial contract relating to the treatment, storage and disposal 
of  waste  by  January  27,  2021,  60,000  shares  of  the  Ferguson  Stock  Option  shall  become 
exercisable. 

The term  of  the  Ferguson Stock  Option is  seven  (7) years  from  the  grant  date. Each  of  the  milestones  is 
exclusive of each other; therefore, achievement of any of the milestones above by Robert Ferguson by the 
designated date will provide Robert Ferguson the right to exercise the number of options in accordance with 

105 

 
 
 
 
the milestone attained. The 10,000 options as noted above become vested by Robert Ferguson on December 
19, 2017. The fair value of the 10,000 options was determined to be approximately $20,000. 

John Climaco 
John Climaco, who had been a director since October 2013, did not stand for reelection at the Company’s 
2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on July 27, 2017.  In addition to his previous service as a board 
member,  John  Climaco  also  served  as  EVP  of  PF  Medical,  a  majority-owned  Polish  subsidiary  of  the 
Company, from June 2, 2015 to June 30, 2017. As EVP of PF Medical, John Climaco received an annual 
salary of $150,000 and was not eligible to receive compensation for serving on the Company’s Board.  PF 
Medical  had  entered  into  a  multi-year  supplier  agreement  and  stock  subscription  agreement  in  July  2015 
with Digirad Corporation, where John Climaco serves as a board member.  

Board Independence 
Our Common Stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market.  Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ Marketplace 
Rules requires a majority of a listed company's board of directors to be comprised of independent directors.  
In addition, the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of 
a  listed  company's  audit,  compensation  and  corporate  governance  and  nominating  committees  be 
independent under applicable provisions of the Exchange Act. Audit committee members must also satisfy 
independence  criteria  set  forth  in  Rule  10A-3  under  the  Exchange  Act,  and  compensation  committee 
members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. Under 
NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2), a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of our 
Board,  that  person  does  not  have  a  relationship  that  would  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  independent 
judgment  in  carrying  out  the  responsibilities  of  a  director.  In  order  to  be  considered  independent  for 
purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may 
not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other 
board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the 
listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of 
its subsidiaries. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1, the board must consider, 
for  each  member  of  a  compensation  committee  of  a  listed  company,  all  factors  specifically  relevant  to 
determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director's ability 
to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, 
including, but not limited to: the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory 
or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director; and whether the director is affiliated with 
the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. 

Our  Board  annually  undertakes  a  review  of  the  composition  of  our  Board  and  its  committees  and  the 
independence  of  each  director.  Based  upon  information  requested  from  and  provided  by  each  director 
concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our Board has 
determined  that  each  of  Messrs.  S.  Robert  Cochran,  Dr.  Gary  Kugler,  Honorable  Joe  R.  Reeder,  Larry  M. 
Shelton,  Zach  Wamp  and  Mark  A.  Zwecker  is  an  "independent  director"  as  defined  under  the  NASDAQ 
Marketplace  Rules.  Our  Board  has  also  determined  that  Mr.  Mark  A.  Zwecker  (Chairperson),  Dr.  Gary  G. 
Kugler, Mr. S. Robert Cochran, and Mr. Larry M. Shelton (who was a member of the Audit Committee until 
April 20, 2017), who comprise/comprised our Audit Committee, and Dr. Gary G. Kugler (Chairperson), Mr. 
Larry  M.  Shelton,  and  the  Honorable  Joe  R.  Reeder,  who  comprise  our  Compensation  and  Stock  Option 
Committee,  satisfy  the  independence  standards  for  such  committees  established  by  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, as applicable. In making such determination, 
our Board considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our Company and all 
other  facts  and  circumstances  our  Board  deemed  relevant  in  determining  independence,  including  the 
beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. 

Our Board has determined that Dr. Centofanti is not deemed to be an “independent director” because of his 
employment  as  an  executive  officer  of  the  Company.  Our  Board  of  Director  also  determined  that  Mr. 
Climaco, who did not stand for re-election at the Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders on July 
27, 2017, did not qualify as an “independent director” because of his previous employment as EVP of PF 
Medical,  a  majority-owned  Polish  subsidiary  of  the  Company  and  because  of  his  directorship  at  Digirad 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
Corporation, a company which PF Medical had previously entered into a multi-year supplier agreement and 
stock subscription agreement.  

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The following table reflects the aggregate fees for the audit and other services provided by Grant Thornton 
LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, for fiscal years 2017 and 2016: 

Fee Type

2017

2016

Audit Fees(1)

Tax Fees (2)

Total

$

454,000

393,000

92,000

$

546,000

165,000

558,000

(1)  Audit fees consist of audit work performed in connection with the annual financial statements, the reviews of unaudited quarterly 
financial statements, and work generally only the independent registered accounting firm can reasonably provide, such as consents 
and review of regulatory documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

(2)  Fees for income tax planning, filing, and consulting.  

The Audit Committee of the Company's Board has considered whether Grant Thornton’s provision of the 
services  described  above  for  the  fiscal  years  2017  and  2016  was  compatible  with  maintaining  its 
independence.   

Engagement of the Independent Auditor  
The  Audit  Committee  approves  in  advance  all  engagements  with  the  Company’s  independent  accounting 
firm to perform audit or non-audit services for us.  All services under the headings Audit Fees and Tax Fees 
were approved by the Audit Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X 
of the Exchange Act.  The Audit Committee's pre-approval policy provides as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

  The Audit Committee will review and pre-approve on an annual basis all audits, audit-related, 
tax and other services,  along  with  acceptable  cost levels,  to  be  performed  by  the  independent 
accounting  firm  and  any  member  of  the  independent  accounting  firm’s  alliance  network  of 
firms, and may revise the pre-approved services during the period based on later determinations. 
Pre-approved  services 
include:  audits,  quarterly  reviews,  regulatory  filing 
requirements, consultation on new accounting and disclosure standards, employee benefit plan 
audits, reviews and reporting on management's internal controls and specified tax matters. 
  Any  proposed  service  that  is  not  pre-approved  on  the  annual  basis  requires  a  specific  pre-
approval by the Audit Committee, including cost level approval. 
  The  Audit  Committee  may  delegate  pre-approval  authority  to  one  or  more  of  the  Audit 
Committee members. The delegated member  must report to the Audit Committee, at the next 
Audit Committee meeting, any pre-approval decisions made. 

typically 

PART IV 

ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 

The following documents are filed as a part of this report: 

(a)(1) 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

See Item 8 for the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

(a)(2) 

Financial Statement Schedule 

107 

 
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedules are not required, are not applicable or the information is set forth in the consolidated 
financial statements or notes thereto.  

(a)(3) 

Exhibits 

The Exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this 
report. 

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc. 

By  /s/ Mark Duff 
  Mark Duff 

Chief Executive Officer, President and  
Principal Executive Officer 

By  /s/ Ben Naccarato 
Ben Naccarato 
Chief Financial Officer and  
Principal Financial Officer  

  Date  March 16, 2018 

  Date  March 16, 2018 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 
the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in capacities and on the dates indicated. 

By  /s/ Dr. Louis F. Centofanti 

Dr. Louis F. Centofanti, Director 

  Date  March 16, 2018 

By  /s/ S. Robert Cochran 

Robert Cochran, Director 

By  /s/ Dr. Gary G. Kugler 

Dr. Gary Kugler, Director 

By  /s/ Joe R. Reeder 

Joe R. Reeder, Director 

  Date  March 16, 2018 

  Date  March 16, 2018 

  Date  March 16, 2018 

By  /s/ Larry M. Shelton 

  Date  March 16, 2018 

Larry M. Shelton, Chairman of the Board 

By  /s/ Zach P. Wamp 

Zach P. Wamp, Director 

By  /s/ Mark A. Zwecker 
  Mark A. Zwecker, Director 

  Date  March 16, 2018 

  Date  March 16, 2018 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit  
No. 

 3(i) 

 3(ii) 

  4.1 

  4.2 

  4.3 

 4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

4.7 

4.8 

4.9 

4.10 

4.11 

4.12 

 EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description 

Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as  amended,  of  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services, 
Inc., as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3(i) to the Company’s 2014 Form 10-K filed 
on March 31, 2015.  
Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws,  as  amended  effective  July  28,  2016,  of  Perma-Fix 
Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  as  incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  3(ii)  to  the 
Company’s 8-K filed on August 1, 2016.  
Rights  Agreement  dated  as  of  May  2,  2008  between the  Company  and  Continental  Stock 
Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 
to the Company’s 2014 Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2015.  
Letter Agreement dated September 29, 2008, between the Company and Continental Stock 
Transfer  &  Trust  Company  to  correct  certain  subparagraph  numbering  on  the  Rights 
Agreement dated as of May 2, 2008 between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer 
&  Trust  Company,  as  Rights  Agent,  as  incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  4.3  to  the 
Company’s 2014 Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2015.  
Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  between 
Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.  and  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  (as  Lender 
and as Agent), dated October 31, 2011. 
First  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement,  dated  November  7,  2012,  between  the  Company  and  PNC  Bank,  National 
Association. 
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security 
Agreement and Waiver, dated May 9, 2013, between the Company and PNC Bank, National 
Association, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended March 31, 2013, filed on May 10, 2013. 
Third  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement  between  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental 
Services, Inc., dated August 2, 2013, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, filed on August 8, 2013.  
Third  Amended,  Restated  and  Substituted  Revolving  Credit  Note  between  PNC  Bank, 
National  Association  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  dated  August  2,  2013,  
as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended June 30, 2013, filed on August 8, 2013. 
Fourth  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit, Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement  and  Waiver  between  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  and  Perma-Fix 
Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  dated  April  14,  2014,  as  incorporated  by  reference  from 
Exhibit 4.17 to the Company’s 2013 Form 10-K. 
Fifth  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement  between  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental 
Services,  Inc.,  dated  July  25,  2014,  as  incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  4.1  to  the 
Company’s 8-K filed on July 31, 2014. 
Sixth  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement  between  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental 
Services,  Inc.,  dated  July  28,  2014,  as  incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  4.2  to  the 
Company’s 8-K filed on July 31, 2014. 
Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security 
Agreement  between  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental 
Services, Inc., dated March 24, 2016, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.17 to the 
Company’s 2015 Form 10-K filed on March 24, 2016. 
Eighth  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit, Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement  between  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental 
Services, Inc., dated August 22, 2016, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.9 to the 
Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 filed on August 22, 2016. 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
4.13 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 
10.4 
10.5 

       10.6 

       10.7 

       10.8 

       10.9 

     10.10 

     10.11 

     10.12 

     10.13 

     10.14 

    10.15 

    10.16 

    10.17 

    10.18 

    10.19 

Ninth  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit,  Term  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement  between  PNC  Bank,  National  Association  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental 
Services, Inc., dated November 17, 2016, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.10 to 
the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2016 filed on November 18, 
2016. 
2003 Outside Directors' Stock Plan of the Company, as incorporated by reference from 
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s 2014 Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2015. 
First Amendment to 2003 Outside Directors Stock Plan, as incorporated by reference from 
Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s 2014 Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2015. 
Second Amendment to 2003 Outside Directors Stock Plan.  
Third Amendment to 2003 Outside Directors Stock Plan. 
Fourth  Amendment  to  2003  Outside  Directors  Stock  Plan,  as  incorporated  by  reference 
from  Exhibit  A  to  the  Company’s  Proxy  Statement  for  its  2017  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders filed on June 22, 2017. 
2017  Stock  Option  Plan,  as  incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  B  to  the  Company’s 
Proxy Statement for its 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on June 22, 2017. 
Employment  Agreement  dated  September  8,  2017  between  Mark  Duff,  Chief  Executive 
Officer,  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  which  is  incorporated  by  reference 
from Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2017. 
Employment Agreement dated September 8, 2017 between Dr. Louis Centofanti, Executive 
Vice President of Strategic Initiatives, and Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc., which 
is  incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  99.2  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  filed  on 
September 12, 2017. 
Employment Agreement dated September 8, 2017 between Ben Naccarato, Chief Financial 
Officer,  and  Perma-Fix  Environmental  Services,  Inc.,  which  is  incorporated  by  reference 
from Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2017. 
2017 Incentive Compensation Plan for Chief Executive Officer, effective January 1, 2017, 
as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 
25, 2017. 
2017  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  for  Executive  Vice  President/Chief  Operating  Officer, 
effective January 1, 2017, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2017. 
2017 Incentive Compensation Plan for Chief Financial Officer, effective January 1, 2017, as 
incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 
25, 2017. 
2018 Incentive Compensation Plan for Chief Executive Officer, effective January 1, 2018, 
as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 
23, 2018. 
2018 Incentive Compensation Plan for Chief Financial Officer, effective January 1, 2018, as 
incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 
23, 2018. 
2018  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  for  Executive  Vice  President  of  Strategic  Initiatives, 
effective January 1, 2018, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2018. 
Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated July 27, 2017 between Perma-Fix Environmental 
Services, Inc., and Chief Executive Officer, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 
to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2017. 
Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated July 27, 2017 between Perma-Fix Environmental 
Services,  Inc.,  and  Executive  Vice  President/Chief  Operating  Officer,  as  incorporated  by 
reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2017. 
Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated July 27, 2017 between Perma-Fix Environmental 
Services, Inc., and Chief Financial Officer, as incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.3 
to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2017. 
Stock Option Agreement dated July 27, 2017 between Perma-Fix Environmental Services, 
Inc.,  and  Mr.  Robert  L.  Ferguson,  as  incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.6  to  the 
Company’s third quarter Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2017. 

110 

 
 
 
    21.1 
    23.1  
    31.1 

    31.2 

    32.1 

    32.2 

101.INS 
101.SCH 
101.CAL 
101.DEF 
101.LAB 
101.PRE 

List of Subsidiaries 
Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP 
Certification by Mark Duff, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer of the 
Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a). 
Certification by Ben Naccarato, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer of 
the Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a). 
Certification by Mark Duff, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer of the 
Company furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.   
Certification by Ben Naccarato, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer of 
the Company furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.  
XBRL Instance Document*  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document* 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document*  
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*  

*Pursuant  to  Rule 406T  of  Regulation  S-T,  the  Interactive  Data  File  in  Exhibit 101  hereto  are  deemed  not 
filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purpose of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections. 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1 

CERTIFICATIONS 

I, Mark Duff, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc.; 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state a  material  fact necessary to  make the statements  made, in light of the circumstances under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of  the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures 
to be designed  under our supervision,  to ensure that  material information relating  to the registrant, 
including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in 
this  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of 
the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that 
occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the 
case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of the 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's 
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control 
over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant's  ability  to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b) 

Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 
significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: 

March 16, 2018 

/s/ Mark Duff 

Mark Duff 
Chief  Executive  Officer,  President 
and Principal Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.2 

CERTIFICATIONS 

I, Ben Naccarato, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Perma-Fix Environmental Services, Inc.; 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or 
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances 
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this 
report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows of  the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)) 
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating 
to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within 
those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and 
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and 
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting 
that  occurred  during  the  registrant's  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal 
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation 
of the internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee 
of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal 
control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's 
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b) 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 
significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: 

March 16, 2018 

/s/ Ben Naccarato 

Ben Naccarato 
Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Principal Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank.)

C O R P O R ATE 
I N FO R M ATI O N

Board of Directors

Dr. Louis F. Centofanti
Executive Vice President of 
Strategic Initiatives 
(Director since 1991)

Stanley Robert Cochran
Director(1)(2)(4) 
President and Chief Executive 
Officer of CTG, LLC 
(Director since January 2017)

Dr. Gary Kugler
Director(5) 
Former Senior Vice President of 
Atomic Energy of Canada Limited 
(Director since 2013)

Joe R. Reeder
Director(2)(3)(4) 
Shareholder of 
Greenburg Traurig, LLP,  
Former Army Undersecretary 
(Director since 2003)

Larry M. Shelton
Chairman of the Board(1)(3)(4) 
Chief Financial Officer of  
S K Hart Management 
(Director since 2004)

Zach P. Wamp
Director(2) 
President of Zach Wamp Consulting 
(Director since January 2018)

Mark A. Zwecker
Director(1)(3)(4) 
Chief Financial Officer of JCI US Inc. 
(Director since 1991)

(1) Member of Audit Committee
(2)  Member of Corporate Governance  

and Nominating Committee
(3)  Member of Compensation and  

Stock Option Committee

(4)  Member of Strategic Advisory 

Committee

(5)  Dr. Kugler is not standing for  

re-election as a member of the  
Board at the 2018 Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders but would remain a 
member of the Board until such 
Annual Meeting.

Management Team

Mark Duff
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 

Ben Naccarato
Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer

Dr. Louis F. Centofanti
Executive Vice President of 
Strategic Initiatives

Included within this Annual Report is a list briefly describing all exhibits listed in the Company’s Form 10-K. We 
will furnish any exhibit to a shareholder upon receipt of a written request and payment of a specified reasonable 
fee, which fee shall be limited to the registrant’s reasonable expenses in furnishing such exhibit. Each request 
must set forth a good-faith representation that, as of the record date for the solicitation of proxies, the person 
making the request was a beneficial owner of securities of the Company entitled to vote.

The  Company  defines  EBITDA  as  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization.  Adjusted 
EBITDA  is  defined  as  EBITDA  before  research  and  development  costs  related  to  the  Medical  Isotope  project, 
impairment  charges  on  tangible  and  intangible  assets,  write-off  of  prepaid  fees  resulting  from  tangible  asset 
impairment  loss  and  closure  costs  accrued  for  East  Tennessee  Materials  and  Energy  Corporation  (M&EC) 
(where applicable). Both EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not measures of performance calculated in accor-
dance with accounting standards generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), and should 
not  be  considered  in  isolation  of,  or  as  a  substitute  for,  earnings  as  an  indicator  of  operating  performance  or 
cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. The Company believes the presentation of EBITDA 
and adjusted EBITDA is relevant and useful by enhancing the readers’ ability to understand the Company’s oper-
ating performance. The Company’s management utilizes EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as a means to measure 
performance. The Company’s meas urements of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar 
titled  measures  reported  by  other  companies.  The  table  below  reconciles  EBITDA  and  adjusted  EBITDA,  both 
non-GAAP measures, to GAAP numbers for (loss) income from continuing operations for the period noted.

(In thousands)

(Loss) income from continuing operations
Adjustments:
  Depreciation and amortization

Interest income
Interest expense
Interest expense—financing fees
Income tax (benefit) expense 

EBITDA

Research and development costs related to medical isotope project

Impairment loss on tangible assets

Impairment loss on intangible assets

Write-off of prepaid fees resulting from impairment loss on tangible asset

Closure costs accrued for M&EC subsidiary

Adjusted EBITDA

Fiscal Year
2016

Fiscal Year
2017

First Quarter
2018

$(13,263)

$(3,538)

$253

4,165
(110)
489
108
(2,994)

(11,605)

1,489

1,816

8,288

587

—

$      575

3,803
(140)
315
35
(1,285)

(810)

1,141

672

—

—

1,400

$ 2,403

372
(49)
53
9
51

689

100

—

—

—

—

$789

Certain statements contained in the Shareholders’ letter, which have been added to this Annual Report on Form 
10-K, may be deemed additional forward-looking statements. All estimates, projections, and other statements 
generally  identifiable  by  the  use  of  the  words  “believe,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “anticipate,”  “plans  to”  and  similar 
expressions (except statements of historical facts) contained therein are forward-looking statements, including 
but  not  limited  to,  further  benefit  of  our  initiatives;  increased  opportunities  for  waste  treatment  growth  and 
nuclear services opportunities in the latter half of 2018; leverage our existing permitted facilities to deploy new 
technologies; benefit of the GeoMelt® system; new international opportunities should contribute to our growth; 
increasing our win-rate; path for eventual regulatory approval in the U.S.; and revenue growth has the potential 
to significantly enhance our profitability. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” contained 
in Form 10-K that is part of the Annual Report for discussion of factors which could cause future outcomes to 
differ materially from those described herein.

The Shareholders’ letter should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations” included in the Form 10-K contained within this 2017 Annual Report.

m
o
c
.
s
r
o
n
n
o
c
-
n
a
r
r
u
c
.
w
w
w

/

.
c
n

I

,
s
r
o
n
n
o
C
&
n
a
r
r
u
C
y
b

n
g

i

s
e
D

t
r
o
p
e
R

l
a
u
n
n
A

Corporate Information

Executive Offices
8302 Dunwoody Place,  
Suite 250
Atlanta, Georgia 30350
Telephone: 770-587-9898
Fax: 770-587-9937

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Continental Stock Transfer & 
Trust Company
One State Street Plaza,  
30th Floor 
New York, New York 
10004-1561

Independent Registered  
Public Accounting Firm
Grant Thornton LLP 
1100 Peachtree Street NE #1200 
Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Stock Listing
The common stock of Perma-Fix 
Environmental Services, Inc.  
is listed on Nasdaq where it 
is traded under the ticker 
symbol PESI.

Stockholder Inquiries
Inquiries concerning stock-
holder records should be 
addressed to the Transfer 
Agent listed above. Comments 
or questions concerning the 
operations of the Company 
should be addressed to 
the Secretary, Perma-Fix 
Environmental Services, Inc., 
8302 Dunwoody Place, Suite 
250, Atlanta, Georgia 30350.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8302 Dunwoody Place, Suite 250 / Atlanta, Georgia 30350
P 770-587-9898 / F 770-587-9937
w w w . p e r m a - f i x . c o m